Թագաւորութիւններ Ա / 1 Samuel - 30 |

Text:
< PreviousԹագաւորութիւններ Ա - 30 1 Samuel - 30Next >


jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
When David was dismissed from the army of the Philistines he did not go over to the camp of Israel, but, being expelled by Saul, observed an exact neutrality, and silently retired to his own city Ziklag, leaving the armies ready to engage. Now here we are told, I. What a melancholy posture he found the city in, all laid waste by the Amalekites, and what distress it occasioned him and his men, ver. 1-6. II. What course he took to recover what he had lost. He enquired of God, and took out a commission from him (ver. 7, 8), pursued the enemy (ver. 9, 10), gained intelligence from a straggler (ver. 11-15), attacked and routed the plunderers (ver. 16, 17), and recovered all that they had carried off, ver. 18-20. III. What method he observed in the distribution of the spoil, ver. 21-31.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
While David is absent with the army of Achish, the Amalekites invade Ziklag, and burn it with fire, and carry away captive David's wives, and those of his men, Sa1 30:1, Sa1 30:2. David and his men return; and, finding the desolate state of their city, are greatly affected, Sa1 30:3-5. The men mutiny, and threaten to stone David, who encourages himself in the Lord, Sa1 30:6. David inquires of the Lord, and is directed to pursue the Amalekites, with the promise that he shall recover all, Sa1 30:7, Sa1 30:8. He and his men begin the pursuit, but two hundred, through fatigue are obliged to stay behind at the brook Besor, Sa1 30:9, Sa1 30:10. They find a sick Egyptian, who directs them in their pursuit, Sa1 30:11-15. David finds the Amalekites secure, feasting on the spoils they had taken; he attacks and destroys the whole host, except four hundred, who escape on camels, Sa1 30:16, Sa1 30:17. The Israelites recover their wives, their families, and all their goods, Sa1 30:18-20. They come to the two hundred who were so faint as not to be able to pursue the enemy, with whom they divide the spoil; and this becomes a statute in Israel, Sa1 30:21-25. David sends part of the spoil which he had taken to different Jewish cities, which had suffered by the incursion of the Amalekites; and where David and his men had been accustomed to resort, Sa1 30:26-31.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:1
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Sa1 30:1, The Amalekites spoil Ziklag; Sa1 30:4, David asking counsel, is encouraged by God to pursue them; Sa1 30:11, By the means of a Rev_ived Egyptian he is brought to the enemies, and recovers all the spoil; Sa1 30:22, David's law to divide the spoil equally between them that fight and them that keep the stuff; Sa1 30:26, He sends presents to his friends.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

During David's absence the Amalekites had invaded the south country, smitten Ziklag and burnt it down, and carried off the women and children whom they found there; whereat not only were David and his men plunged into great grief on their return upon the third day but David especially was involved in very great trouble, inasmuch as the people wanted to stone him. But he strengthened himself in the Lord his God (1Kings 30:1-6).
1Kings 30:1-5
1Kings 30:1-4 form one period, which is expanded by the introduction of several circumstantial clauses. The apodosis to "It came to pass, when," etc. (1Kings 30:1), does not follow till 1Kings 30:4, "Then David and the people," etc. But this is formally attached to 1Kings 30:3, "so David and his men came," with which the protasis commenced in 1Kings 30:1 is resumed in an altered form. "It came to pass, when David and his men came to Ziklag ... the Amalekites had invaded ... and had carried off the wives ... and had gone their way, and David and his men came into the town (for 'when David and his men came,' etc.), and behold it was burned ... . Then David and the people with him lifted up their voice." "On the third day:" after David's dismission by Achish, not after David's departure from Ziklag. David had at any rate gone with Achish beyond Gath, and had not been sent back till the whole of the princes of the Philistines had united their armies (1Kings 29:2.), so that he must have been absent from Ziklag more than two days, or two days and a half. This is placed beyond all doubt by 1Kings 30:11., since the Amalekites are there described as having gone off with their booty three days before David followed them, and therefore they had taken Ziklag and burned it three days before David's return. These foes had therefore taken advantage of the absence of David and his warriors, to avenge themselves for David's invasions and plunderings (1Kings 27:8). Of those who were carried off, "the women" alone expressly mentioned in 1Kings 30:2, although the female population and all the children had been removed, as we may see from the expression "small and great" (1Kings 30:3, 1Kings 30:6). The lxx were therefore correct, so far as the sense is concerned, in introducing the words καὶ πάντα before בּהּ עשׁר. "They had killed no one, but (only) carried away." נהג, to carry away captive, as in Is 20:4. Among those who had been carried off were David's two wives, Ahinoam and Abigail (vid., 1Kings 25:42-43; 1Kings 27:3).
1Kings 30:6-10
David was greatly distressed in consequence; "for the people thought ('said,' sc., in their hearts) to stone him," because they sought the occasion of their calamity in his connection with Achish, with which many of his adherents may very probably have been dissatisfied. "For the soul of the whole people was embittered (i.e., all the people were embittered in their souls) because of their sons and daughters," who had been carried away into slavery. "But David strengthened himself in the Lord his God," i.e., sought consolation and strength in prayer and believing confidence in the Lord (1Kings 30:7.). This strength he manifested in the resolution to follow the foes and rescue their booty from them. To this end he had the ephod brought by the high priest Abiathar (cf. 1Kings 23:9), and inquired by means of the Urim of the Lord, "Shall I pursue this troop? Shall I overtake it?" These questions were answered in the affirmative; and the promise was added, "and thou wilt rescue." So David pursued the enemy with his six hundred men as far as the brook Besor, where the rest, i.e., two hundred, remained standing (stayed behind). The words עמדוּ והנּותרים, which are appended in the form of a circumstantial clause, are to be connected, so far as the facts are concerned, with what follows: whilst the others remained behind, David pursued the enemy still farther with four hundred men. By the word הנּותרים the historian has somewhat anticipated the matter, and therefore regards it as necessary to define the expression still further in 1Kings 30:10. We are precluded from changing the text, as Thenius suggests, by the circumstance that all the early translators read it in this manner, and have endeavoured to make the expression intelligible by paraphrasing it. These two hundred men were too tired to cross the brook and go any farther. (פּגר, which only occurs here and in 1Kings 30:21, signifies, in Syriac, to be weary or exhausted.) As Ziklag was burnt down, of course they found no provisions there, and were consequently obliged to set out in pursuit of the foe without being able to provide themselves with the necessary supplies. The brook Besor is supposed to be the Wady Sheriah, which enters the sea below Ashkelon (see v. Raumer, Pal. p. 52).
Geneva 1599
And it came to pass, when David and his men were come to Ziklag on (a) the third day, that the Amalekites had invaded the south, and Ziklag, and (b) smitten Ziklag, and burned it with fire;
(a) After that he departed from Achish.
(b) That is, destroyed their city.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO FIRST SAMUEL 30
This chapter relates the condition Ziklag was in when David and his men came to it, the city burnt, and their families carried captive by the Amalekites, which occasioned not only a general lamentation, but mutiny and murmuring in David's men, 1Kings 30:1; the inquiry David made of the Lord what he should do, who is bid to pursue the enemy; and being directed by a lad where they were, fell upon them, and routed them, and brought back the captives with a great spoil, 1Kings 30:7; the distribution of the spoil, both to those that went with him, and to those who through faintness were left behind, 1Kings 30:21; and the presents of it he sent to several places in the tribe of Judah, who had been kind to him when he dwelt among them, 1Kings 30:26.
John Wesley
The south - Namely, the southern part of Judah, and the adjacent parts.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
THE AMALEKITES SPOIL ZIKLAG. (1Kings 30:1-5)
Amalekites had invaded the south, and Ziklag, and smitten Ziklag--While the strength of the Philistine forces was poured out of their country into the plain of Esdraelon, the Amalekite marauders seized the opportunity of the defenseless state of Philistia to invade the southern territory. Of course, David's town suffered from the ravages of these nomad plunderers, in revenge for his recent raid upon their territory.
30:130:1: Եւ եղեւ ընդ մտանե՛լ Դաւթի եւ արա՛նց նորա ՚ի Սիկիլակ յաւուրն երկրորդի. եւ Ամաղէկ ասպատակեա՛ց ՚ի հարաւակողմն, եւ ՚ի Սիկիլակ. եւ եհար զՍիկիլակ եւ այրեաց զնա հրով[3133]. [3133] Այլք. Յաւուրն երրորդի։
1 Երբ Դաւիթն ու նրա մարդիկ երրորդ օրը մտան Սիկեղակ, ամաղէկացիներն ասպատակել էին հարաւակողմը եւ Սիկեղակը: Նրանք հարուածել էին Սիկեղակին ու հրի մատնել, գերեվարել էին կանանց եւ երկրում գտնուող բոլոր մարդկանց՝ փոքրից մինչեւ մեծը:
30 Երբ Դաւիթ ու իր մարդիկը երրորդ օրը Սիկելակ մտան, ահա* Ամաղեկացիները հարաւային երկրին ու Սիկելակի վրայ յարձակեր ու զայն այրեր էին.
Եւ եղեւ ընդ մտանել Դաւթի եւ արանց նորա ի Սիկեղակ յաւուրն երրորդի, եւ Ամաղէկ ասպատակեաց ի հարաւակողմն եւ ի Սիկեղակ. եւ եհար զՍիկեղակ եւ այրեաց զնա հրով:

30:1: Եւ եղեւ ընդ մտանե՛լ Դաւթի եւ արա՛նց նորա ՚ի Սիկիլակ յաւուրն երկրորդի. եւ Ամաղէկ ասպատակեա՛ց ՚ի հարաւակողմն, եւ ՚ի Սիկիլակ. եւ եհար զՍիկիլակ եւ այրեաց զնա հրով[3133].
[3133] Այլք. Յաւուրն երրորդի։
1 Երբ Դաւիթն ու նրա մարդիկ երրորդ օրը մտան Սիկեղակ, ամաղէկացիներն ասպատակել էին հարաւակողմը եւ Սիկեղակը: Նրանք հարուածել էին Սիկեղակին ու հրի մատնել, գերեվարել էին կանանց եւ երկրում գտնուող բոլոր մարդկանց՝ փոքրից մինչեւ մեծը:
30 Երբ Դաւիթ ու իր մարդիկը երրորդ օրը Սիկելակ մտան, ահա* Ամաղեկացիները հարաւային երկրին ու Սիկելակի վրայ յարձակեր ու զայն այրեր էին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:130:1 В третий день после того, как Давид и люди его пошли в Секелаг, Амаликитяне напали с юга на Секелаг и взяли Секелаг и сожгли его огнем,
30:1 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become εἰσελθόντος εισερχομαι enter; go in Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for Σεκελακ σεκελακ the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day τῇ ο the τρίτῃ τριτος third καὶ και and; even Αμαληκ αμαληκ put on; put another ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the νότον νοτος south wind καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact τὴν ο the Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even ἐνεπύρισεν εμπυριζω he; him ἐν εν in πυρί πυρ fire
30:1 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֞י yᵊhˈî היה be בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֹ֨א vˌō בוא come דָוִ֧ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וַ wa וְ and אֲנָשָׁ֛יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man צִֽקְלַ֖ג ṣˈiqlˌaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י ššᵊlîšˈî שְׁלִישִׁי third וַ wa וְ and עֲמָלֵקִ֣י ʕᵃmālēqˈî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite פָֽשְׁט֗וּ fˈāšᵊṭˈû פשׁט strip off אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to נֶ֨גֶב֙ nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag וַ wa וְ and יַּכּוּ֙ yyakkˌû נכה strike אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂרְפ֥וּ yyiśrᵊfˌû שׂרף burn אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
30:1. cumque venissent David et viri eius in Siceleg die tertia Amalechitae impetum fecerant ex parte australi in Siceleg et percusserant Siceleg et succenderant eam igniNow when David and his men were come to Siceleg on the third day, the Amalecites had made an invasion on the south side upon Siceleg, and had smitten Siceleg, and burnt it with fire,
1. And it came to pass, when David and his men were come to Ziklag on the third day, that the Amalekites had made a raid upon the South, and upon Ziklag, and had smitten Ziklag, and burned it with fire;
And it came to pass, when David and his men were come to Ziklag on the third day, that the Amalekites had invaded the south, and Ziklag, and smitten Ziklag, and burned it with fire:

30:1 В третий день после того, как Давид и люди его пошли в Секелаг, Амаликитяне напали с юга на Секелаг и взяли Секелаг и сожгли его огнем,
30:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
εἰσελθόντος εισερχομαι enter; go in
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
Σεκελακ σεκελακ the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
τῇ ο the
τρίτῃ τριτος third
καὶ και and; even
Αμαληκ αμαληκ put on; put another
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
νότον νοτος south wind
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
τὴν ο the
Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even
ἐνεπύρισεν εμπυριζω he; him
ἐν εν in
πυρί πυρ fire
30:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֞י yᵊhˈî היה be
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֹ֨א vˌō בוא come
דָוִ֧ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וַ wa וְ and
אֲנָשָׁ֛יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man
צִֽקְלַ֖ג ṣˈiqlˌaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י ššᵊlîšˈî שְׁלִישִׁי third
וַ wa וְ and
עֲמָלֵקִ֣י ʕᵃmālēqˈî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite
פָֽשְׁט֗וּ fˈāšᵊṭˈû פשׁט strip off
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
נֶ֨גֶב֙ nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag
וַ wa וְ and
יַּכּוּ֙ yyakkˌû נכה strike
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂרְפ֥וּ yyiśrᵊfˌû שׂרף burn
אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
30:1. cumque venissent David et viri eius in Siceleg die tertia Amalechitae impetum fecerant ex parte australi in Siceleg et percusserant Siceleg et succenderant eam igni
Now when David and his men were come to Siceleg on the third day, the Amalecites had made an invasion on the south side upon Siceleg, and had smitten Siceleg, and burnt it with fire,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: Амаликитяне - кочевой народ Синайского полуострова. Несомненно, они хотели воспользоваться тем обстоятельством, что военные силы филистимлян и Давида были отвлечены в данный момент далеко на север (см. прим. к 4: ст. XXVIII гл.).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Ziklag Burnt. B. C. 1055.

1 And it came to pass, when David and his men were come to Ziklag on the third day, that the Amalekites had invaded the south, and Ziklag, and smitten Ziklag, and burned it with fire; 2 And had taken the women captives, that were therein: they slew not any, either great or small, but carried them away, and went on their way. 3 So David and his men came to the city, and, behold, it was burned with fire; and their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives. 4 Then David and the people that were with him lifted up their voice and wept, until they had no more power to weep. 5 And David's two wives were taken captives, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal the Carmelite. 6 And David was greatly distressed; for the people spake of stoning him, because the soul of all the people was grieved, every man for his sons and for his daughters: but David encouraged himself in the LORD his God.
Here we have, I. The descent which the Amalekites made upon Ziklag in David's absence, and the desolations they made there. They surprised the city when it was left unguarded, plundered it, burnt it, and carried all the women and children captives, v. 1, 2. They intended, by this to revenge the like havoc that David had lately made of them and their country, ch. xxvii. 8. He that had made so many enemies ought not to have left his own concerns so naked and defenceless. Those that make bold with others must expect that others will make as bold with them and provide accordingly. Now observe in this, 1. The cruelty of Saul's pity (as it proved) in sparing the Amalekites; if he had utterly destroyed them, as he ought to have done, these would not have been in being to do this mischief. 2. How David was corrected for being so forward to go with the Philistines against Israel. God showed him that he had better have staid at home and looked after his own business. When we go abroad in the way of our duty we may comfortably hope that God will take care of our families in our absence, but not otherwise. 3. How wonderfully God inclined the hearts of these Amalekites to carry the women and children away captives, and not to kill them. When David invaded them he put all to the sword (ch. xxvii. 9), and no reason can be given why they did not retaliate upon this city, but that God restrained them; for he has all hearts in his hands, and says to the fury of the most cruel men, Hitherto thou shalt come, and no further. Whether they spared them to lead them in triumph, or to sell them, or to use them for slaves, God's hand must be acknowledged, who designed to make use of the Amalekites for the correction, not for the destruction, of the house of David.
II. The confusion and consternation that David and his men were in when they found their houses in ashes and their wives and children gone into captivity. Three days' march they had from the camp of the Philistines to Ziklag, and now that they came thither weary, but hoping to find rest in their houses and joy in their families, behold a black and dismal scene was presented to them (v. 3), which made them all weep (David himself not excepted), though they were men of war, till they had no more power to weep, v. 4. The mention of David's wives, Ahinoam and Abigail, and their being carried captive, intimates that this circumstance went nearer his heart than any thing else. Note, It is no disparagement to the boldest and bravest spirits to lament the calamities of relations and friends. Observe, 1. This trouble came upon them when they were absent. It was the ancient policy of Amalek to take Israel at an advantage. 2. It met them at their return, and, for aught that appears, their own eyes gave them the first intelligence of it. Note, When we go abroad we cannot foresee what evil tidings may meet us when we come home again. The going out may be very cheerful, and yet the coming in be very doleful. Boast not thyself therefore of to-morrow, nor of to-night either, for thou knowest not what a day, or a piece of a day, may bring forth, Prov. xxvii. 1. If, when we come off a journey, we find our tabernacles in peace, and not laid waste as David here found his, let the Lord be praised for it.
III. The mutiny and murmuring of David's men against him (v. 6): David was greatly distressed, for, in the midst of all his losses, his own people spoke of stoning him, 1. Because they looked upon him as the occasion of their calamities, by the provocation he had given the Amalekites, and his indiscretion in leaving Ziklag without a garrison in it. Thus apt are we, when we are in trouble, to fly into a rage against those who are in any way the occasion of our trouble, while we overlook the divine providence, and have not that regard to the operations of God's hand in it which would silence our passions, and make us patient. 2. Because now they began to despair of that preferment which they had promised themselves in following David. They hoped ere this to have been all princes; and now to find themselves all beggars was such a disappointment to them as made them grow outrageous, and threaten the life of him on whom, under God, they had the greatest dependence. What absurdities will not ungoverned passions plunge men into? This was a sore trial to the man after God's own heart, and could not but go very near him. Saul had driven him from his country, the Philistines had driven him from their camp, the Amalekites had plundered his city, his wives were taken prisoners, and now, to complete his woe, his own familiar friends, in whom he trusted, whom he had sheltered, and who did eat of his bread, instead of sympathizing with him and offering him any relief, lifted up the heel against him and threatened to stone him. Great faith must expect such severe exercises. But it is observable that David was reduced to this extremity just before his accession to the throne. At this very time, perhaps, the stroke was struck which opened the door to his advancement. Things are sometimes at the worst with the church and people of God just before they begin to mend.
IV. David's pious dependence upon the divine providence and grace in this distress: But David encouraged himself in the Lord his God. His men fretted at their loss. The soul of the people was bitter, so the word is. Their own discontent and impatience added wormwood and gall to the affliction and misery, and made their case doubly grievous. But 1. David bore it better, though he had more reason than any of them to lament it; they gave liberty to their passions, but he set his graces on work, and by encouraging himself in God, while they dispirited each other, he kept his spirit calm and sedate. Or, 2. There may be a reference to the threatening words his men gave out against him. They spoke of stoning him; but he, not offering to avenge the affront, nor terrified by their menaces, encouraged himself in the Lord his God, believed, and considered with application to his present case, the power and providence of God, his justice and goodness, the method he commonly takes of bringing low and then raising up, his care of his people that serve him and trust in him, and the particular promises he had made to him of bringing him safely to the throne; with these considerations he supported himself, not doubting but the present trouble would end well. Note, Those that have taken the Lord for their God may take encouragement from their relation to him in the worst of times. It is the duty and interest of all good people, whatever happens, to encourage themselves in God as their Lord and their God, assuring themselves that he can and will bring light out of darkness, peace out of trouble, and good out of evil, to all that love him and are the called according to his purpose, Rom. viii. 28. It was David's practice, and he had the comfort of it, What time I am afraid I will trust in thee. When he was at his wits' end he was not at his faith's end.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:1: On the third day - This was the third day after he had left the Philistine army at Aphek. Calmet supposes that Aphek was distant from Ziklag more than thirty leagues.
The Amalekites had invaded - These were, doubtless, a travelling predatory horde, who, availing themselves of the war between the Philistines and the Israelites, plundered several unprotected towns, and among them Ziklag. It is likely they had not heard of what David did to some of their tribes, else they would have avenged themselves by slaying all they found in Ziklag.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:4
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:1: On the third day - This indicates that Aphek was three days' march from Ziklag, say about 50 miles, which agrees very well with the probable situation of Aphek (Sa1 4:1 note). From Ziklag to Shunem would not be less than 80 or 90 miles.
The Amalekites, in retaliation of David's raids Sa1 27:8-9, invaded "the south" of Judah Jos 15:21; but owing to the absence of all the men with David there was no resistance, and consequently the women and children were carried off as prey, and uninjured.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:1: were come: Sa1 29:11; Sa2 1:2
on the third: This was the third day after he had left the Philistine army at Aphek, from which place, Calmet supposes, Ziklag was distant more than thirty leagues.
the Amalekites: Sa1 15:7, Sa1 27:8-10; Gen 24:62; Jos 11:6
John Gill
And it came to pass, when David and his men were come to Ziklag, on the third day,.... Either from their departure from thence, when they went out with Achish, or rather from the time of their leaving Achish, and the camp of the Philistines; so long they were upon their march homewards, see 2Kings 1:1; and no wonder, if it was the distance of eighty eight miles; see Gill on 1Kings 29:11,
that the Amalekites had invaded the south, and Ziklag; the southern parts of the land of the Philistines, and of Judah, as appears from 1Kings 30:14; taking the opportunity of the Philistines being gone into the land of Israel, and particularly of David's absence from Ziklag, to whom they bore a grudge for his invasion, destruction, and spoil of them not long ago, see 1Kings 27:8,
and smitten Ziklag, and burnt it with fire; not that they smote the inhabitants of it, there were no men in it, and the women and children they carried captive; but they demolished the buildings in it, pulled down the houses after they had rifled them, and burnt them with fire, that David and his men might dwell there no more.
30:230:2: եւ գերեաց զկանայս եւ զամենայն ինչ որ ՚ի նմա ՚ի փոքուէ՛ մինչեւ ցմեծ. եւ ո՛չ սպանին զայր եւ զկին, այլ գերեցի՛ն եւ գնացին զճանապարհս իւրեանց։
2 Թշնամին չէր սպանել տղամարդկանց եւ կանանց, այլ գերել էր ու գնացել իր ճանապարհով:
2 Հոն եղած կիները գերի առեր էին եւ բոլորը, որ հոն կը գտնուէին, պզտիկէն մինչեւ մեծը՝ մարդ մը չէին մեռցուցեր, հապա զանոնք իրենց հետ տանելով ճամբանին գացեր էին։
եւ գերեաց զկանայս [521]եւ զամենայն ինչ`` որ ի նմա ի փոքուէ մինչեւ ցմեծ. եւ ոչ սպանին զայր [522]եւ զկին``, այլ գերեցին եւ գնացին զճանապարհ իւրեանց:

30:2: եւ գերեաց զկանայս եւ զամենայն ինչ որ ՚ի նմա ՚ի փոքուէ՛ մինչեւ ցմեծ. եւ ո՛չ սպանին զայր եւ զկին, այլ գերեցի՛ն եւ գնացին զճանապարհս իւրեանց։
2 Թշնամին չէր սպանել տղամարդկանց եւ կանանց, այլ գերել էր ու գնացել իր ճանապարհով:
2 Հոն եղած կիները գերի առեր էին եւ բոլորը, որ հոն կը գտնուէին, պզտիկէն մինչեւ մեծը՝ մարդ մը չէին մեռցուցեր, հապա զանոնք իրենց հետ տանելով ճամբանին գացեր էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:230:2 а женщин [и всех], бывших в нем, от малого до большого, не умертвили, но увели в плен, и ушли своим путем.
30:2 καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away μικροῦ μικρος little; small ἕως εως till; until μεγάλου μεγας great; loud οὐκ ου not ἐθανάτωσαν θανατοω put to death ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband καὶ και and; even γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ᾐχμαλώτευσαν αιχμαλωτευω capture καὶ και and; even ἀπῆλθον απερχομαι go off; go away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ὁδὸν οδος way; journey αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
30:2 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁבּ֨וּ yyišbˌû שׁבה take captive אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the נָּשִׁ֤ים nnāšˈîm אִשָּׁה woman אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּהּ֙ bˌāh בְּ in מִ mi מִן from קָּטֹ֣ן qqāṭˈōn קָטֹן small וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not הֵמִ֖יתוּ hēmˌîṯû מות die אִ֑ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and יִּֽנְהֲג֔וּ yyˈinhᵃḡˈû נהג drive וַ wa וְ and יֵּלְכ֖וּ yyēlᵊḵˌû הלך walk לְ lᵊ לְ to דַרְכָּֽם׃ ḏarkˈām דֶּרֶךְ way
30:2. et captivas duxerant mulieres ex ea et a minimo usque ad magnum et non interfecerant quemquam sed secum duxerant et pergebant in itinere suoAnd had taken the women captives that were in it, both little and great: and they had not killed any person, but had carried them with them, and went on their way.
2. and had taken captive the women that were therein, both small and great: they slew not any, but carried them off, and went their way.
And had taken the women captives, that [were] therein: they slew not any, either great or small, but carried [them] away, and went on their way:

30:2 а женщин [и всех], бывших в нем, от малого до большого, не умертвили, но увели в плен, и ушли своим путем.
30:2
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
μικροῦ μικρος little; small
ἕως εως till; until
μεγάλου μεγας great; loud
οὐκ ου not
ἐθανάτωσαν θανατοω put to death
ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband
καὶ και and; even
γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
ᾐχμαλώτευσαν αιχμαλωτευω capture
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆλθον απερχομαι go off; go away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
30:2
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁבּ֨וּ yyišbˌû שׁבה take captive
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
נָּשִׁ֤ים nnāšˈîm אִשָּׁה woman
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּהּ֙ bˌāh בְּ in
מִ mi מִן from
קָּטֹ֣ן qqāṭˈōn קָטֹן small
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
הֵמִ֖יתוּ hēmˌîṯû מות die
אִ֑ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽנְהֲג֔וּ yyˈinhᵃḡˈû נהג drive
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּלְכ֖וּ yyēlᵊḵˌû הלך walk
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דַרְכָּֽם׃ ḏarkˈām דֶּרֶךְ way
30:2. et captivas duxerant mulieres ex ea et a minimo usque ad magnum et non interfecerant quemquam sed secum duxerant et pergebant in itinere suo
And had taken the women captives that were in it, both little and great: and they had not killed any person, but had carried them with them, and went on their way.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:2: slew not: Sa1 30:19, Sa1 27:11; Job 38:11; Psa 76:10; Isa 27:8, Isa 27:9
John Gill
And had taken the women captives, that were therein,.... There being no other to take, the men were gone with David:
they slew not any, either great or small; that is, of the women, whether married or unmarried, old, or maidens, or children; which was very much, since David destroyed all that came within his reach, men and women, when he invaded them, 1Kings 27:9; but perhaps this was not owing to their humanity, but to their covetousness, designing to make an advantage of them by selling them for slaves; no doubt they were restrained by the providence of God:
but carried them away, and went on their way; homewards with their captives.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
they slew not any, either great or small, but carried them away--Their conduct seems to stand in favorable contrast to that of David (1Kings 27:11). But their apparent clemency did not arise from humane considerations. It is traceable to the ancient war usages of the East, where the men of war, on the capture of a city, were unsparingly put to death, but there were no warriors in Ziklag at the time. The women and boys were reserved for slaves, and the old people were spared out of respect to age.
30:330:3: Եւ ե՛կն Դաւիթ եւ ա՛րք իւր ՚ի քաղաքն. եւ ահա այրեցեա՛լ էր քաղաքն, եւ կանայք նոցա եւ ուստերք եւ դստերք իւրեանց գերեա՛լք։
3 Դաւիթն ու իր մարդիկ երբ մտան քաղաք, տեսան, որ այն հրկիզուած է, իսկ իրենց կանայք, տղաներն ու աղջիկները՝ գերուած:
3 Երբ Դաւիթ ու իր մարդիկը քաղաքը հասան, ահա անիկա կրակով այրուած էր ու իրենց կիները, տղաքներն ու աղջիկները գերի առնուած էին։
Եւ եկն Դաւիթ եւ արք իւր ի քաղաքն. եւ ահա այրեցեալ էր քաղաքն, եւ կանայք նոցա եւ ուստերք եւ դստերք իւրեանց գերեալք:

30:3: Եւ ե՛կն Դաւիթ եւ ա՛րք իւր ՚ի քաղաքն. եւ ահա այրեցեա՛լ էր քաղաքն, եւ կանայք նոցա եւ ուստերք եւ դստերք իւրեանց գերեա՛լք։
3 Դաւիթն ու իր մարդիկ երբ մտան քաղաք, տեսան, որ այն հրկիզուած է, իսկ իրենց կանայք, տղաներն ու աղջիկները՝ գերուած:
3 Երբ Դաւիթ ու իր մարդիկը քաղաքը հասան, ահա անիկա կրակով այրուած էր ու իրենց կիները, տղաքներն ու աղջիկները գերի առնուած էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:330:3 И пришел Давид и люди его к городу, и вот, он сожжен огнем, а жены их и сыновья их и дочери их взяты в плен.
30:3 καὶ και and; even ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the πόλιν πολις city καὶ και and; even ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἐμπεπύρισται εμπυριζω in πυρί πυρ fire αἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ᾐχμαλωτευμένοι αιχμαλωτευω capture
30:3 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֨א yyāvˌō בוא come דָוִ֤ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וַֽ wˈa וְ and אֲנָשָׁיו֙ ʔᵃnāšāʸw אִישׁ man אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the עִ֔יר ʕˈîr עִיר town וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold שְׂרוּפָ֖ה śᵊrûfˌā שׂרף burn בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire וּ û וְ and נְשֵׁיהֶ֛ם nᵊšêhˈem אִשָּׁה woman וּ û וְ and בְנֵיהֶ֥ם vᵊnêhˌem בֵּן son וּ û וְ and בְנֹתֵיהֶ֖ם vᵊnōṯêhˌem בַּת daughter נִשְׁבּֽוּ׃ nišbˈû שׁבה take captive
30:3. cum ergo venisset David et viri eius ad civitatem et invenissent eam succensam igni et uxores suas et filios suos et filias ductas esse captivasSo when David and his men came to the city, and found it burnt with fire, and that their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives,
3. And when David and his men came to the city, behold, it was burned with fire; and their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives.
So David and his men came to the city, and, behold, [it was] burned with fire; and their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives:

30:3 И пришел Давид и люди его к городу, и вот, он сожжен огнем, а жены их и сыновья их и дочери их взяты в плен.
30:3
καὶ και and; even
ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
πόλιν πολις city
καὶ και and; even
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἐμπεπύρισται εμπυριζω in
πυρί πυρ fire
αἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ᾐχμαλωτευμένοι αιχμαλωτευω capture
30:3
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֨א yyāvˌō בוא come
דָוִ֤ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
אֲנָשָׁיו֙ ʔᵃnāšāʸw אִישׁ man
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
עִ֔יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
שְׂרוּפָ֖ה śᵊrûfˌā שׂרף burn
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
וּ û וְ and
נְשֵׁיהֶ֛ם nᵊšêhˈem אִשָּׁה woman
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵיהֶ֥ם vᵊnêhˌem בֵּן son
וּ û וְ and
בְנֹתֵיהֶ֖ם vᵊnōṯêhˌem בַּת daughter
נִשְׁבּֽוּ׃ nišbˈû שׁבה take captive
30:3. cum ergo venisset David et viri eius ad civitatem et invenissent eam succensam igni et uxores suas et filios suos et filias ductas esse captivas
So when David and his men came to the city, and found it burnt with fire, and that their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:3: burned: Psa 34:19; Heb 12:6; Pe1 1:6, Pe1 1:7; Rev 3:9
Geneva 1599
So David and his men came to the city, and, behold, [it was] burned with fire; and their (c) wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives.
(c) For those only remained in the city, when the men were gone to war.
John Gill
So David and his men came to the city,.... Or however to the place where it had stood, and where it now lay in ruins:
and, behold, it was burnt with fire; the whole city was laid in ashes:
and their wives, and their sons, and their daughters, were taken captives; as it appeared afterwards; for upon their first coming they knew not but they were all destroyed; and which they might reasonably suppose from their former treatment of them, unless there were any left upon the spot which could inform them how things were, which does not appear, and which must make their distress the greater.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
David and his men came to the city, and, behold, it was burned with fire--The language implies that the smoke of the conflagration was still visible, and the sacking very recent.
30:430:4: Եւ ամբարձին Դաւիթ եւ արք նորա զձայնս իւրեանց եւ լացին, մինչեւ ո՛չ եւս գոյր ՚ի նոսա զօրութիւն լալոյ։
4 Դաւիթը եւ իր մարդիկ իրենց ձայնը բարձրացրին ու լաց եղան այնքան, որ նրանց վրայ լալու ուժ այլեւս չմնաց:
4 Ուստի Դաւիթ ու իրեն հետ եղող ժողովուրդը ձայներնին վերցուցին ու այնքան լացին, մինչեւ որ իրենց վրայ ոյժ չմնաց։
Եւ ամբարձին Դաւիթ եւ արք նորա զձայնս իւրեանց եւ լացին, մինչեւ ոչ եւս գոյր ի նոսա զօրութիւն լալոյ:

30:4: Եւ ամբարձին Դաւիթ եւ արք նորա զձայնս իւրեանց եւ լացին, մինչեւ ո՛չ եւս գոյր ՚ի նոսա զօրութիւն լալոյ։
4 Դաւիթը եւ իր մարդիկ իրենց ձայնը բարձրացրին ու լաց եղան այնքան, որ նրանց վրայ լալու ուժ այլեւս չմնաց:
4 Ուստի Դաւիթ ու իրեն հետ եղող ժողովուրդը ձայներնին վերցուցին ու այնքան լացին, մինչեւ որ իրենց վրայ ոյժ չմնաց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:430:4 И поднял Давид и народ, бывший с ним, вопль, и плакали, доколе не стало в них силы плакать.
30:4 καὶ και and; even ἦρεν αιρω lift; remove Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τὴν ο the φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔκλαυσαν κλαιω weep; cry ἕως εως till; until ὅτου οστις who; that οὐκ ου not ἦν ειμι be ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἰσχὺς ισχυς force ἔτι ετι yet; still κλαίειν κλαιω weep; cry
30:4 וַ wa וְ and יִּשָּׂ֨א yyiśśˌā נשׂא lift דָוִ֜ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עָ֧ם ʕˈām עַם people אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אִתֹּ֛ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] קֹולָ֖ם qôlˌām קֹול sound וַ wa וְ and יִּבְכּ֑וּ yyivkˈû בכה weep עַ֣ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG] בָּהֶ֛ם bāhˈem בְּ in כֹּ֖חַ kˌōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength לִ li לְ to בְכֹּֽות׃ vᵊkkˈôṯ בכה weep
30:4. levaverunt David et populus qui erat cum eo voces suas et planxerunt donec deficerent in eis lacrimaeDavid and the people that were with him, lifted up their voices, and wept till they had no more tears.
4. Then David and the people that were with him lifted up their voice and wept, until they had no more power to weep.
Then David and the people that [were] with him lifted up their voice and wept, until they had no more power to weep:

30:4 И поднял Давид и народ, бывший с ним, вопль, и плакали, доколе не стало в них силы плакать.
30:4
καὶ και and; even
ἦρεν αιρω lift; remove
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔκλαυσαν κλαιω weep; cry
ἕως εως till; until
ὅτου οστις who; that
οὐκ ου not
ἦν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἰσχὺς ισχυς force
ἔτι ετι yet; still
κλαίειν κλαιω weep; cry
30:4
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשָּׂ֨א yyiśśˌā נשׂא lift
דָוִ֜ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עָ֧ם ʕˈām עַם people
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אִתֹּ֛ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
קֹולָ֖ם qôlˌām קֹול sound
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבְכּ֑וּ yyivkˈû בכה weep
עַ֣ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG]
בָּהֶ֛ם bāhˈem בְּ in
כֹּ֖חַ kˌōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength
לִ li לְ to
בְכֹּֽות׃ vᵊkkˈôṯ בכה weep
30:4. levaverunt David et populus qui erat cum eo voces suas et planxerunt donec deficerent in eis lacrimae
David and the people that were with him, lifted up their voices, and wept till they had no more tears.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:4: Wept, until they had no more power to weep - This marks great distress; they wept, as says the Vulgate, till their tears failed them.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:6
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:4: lifted up: Sa1 4:13, Sa1 11:4; Gen 37:33-35; Num 14:1, Num 14:39; Jdg 2:4, Jdg 21:2; Ezr 10:1
John Gill
Then David and the people that were with him lifted up their voice,.... In doleful shrieks, and loud lamentations:
and wept, until they had no more power to weep; till nature was quite exhausted, and no moisture left; so the Vulgate Latin version, "till tears failed in them"; they could shed no more.
John Wesley
Wept - It is no disparagement to the boldest, bravest spirits, to lament the calamities of friends or relations.
30:530:5: Եւ երկոքին կանայքն Դաւթի գերեցան, Աքինովա՛մ Յեզրայելացի, եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմելացւոյ։
5 Գերուել էին նաեւ Դաւթի երկու կանայք՝ Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացին ու Կարմեղացի Նաբաղի կինը՝ Աբիգեան:
5 Դաւիթին երկու կիները, Յեզրայելացի Աքինոամն ու Կարմելացի Նաբաղի կինը Աբիգիան ալ գերի առնուած էին։
Եւ երկոքին կանայքն Դաւթի գերեցան, Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացի եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմեղացւոյ:

30:5: Եւ երկոքին կանայքն Դաւթի գերեցան, Աքինովա՛մ Յեզրայելացի, եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմելացւոյ։
5 Գերուել էին նաեւ Դաւթի երկու կանայք՝ Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացին ու Կարմեղացի Նաբաղի կինը՝ Աբիգեան:
5 Դաւիթին երկու կիները, Յեզրայելացի Աքինոամն ու Կարմելացի Նաբաղի կինը Աբիգիան ալ գերի առնուած էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:530:5 Взяты были в плен и обе жены Давида: Ахиноама Изреелитянка и Авигея, {бывшая} жена Навала, Кармилитянка.
30:5 καὶ και and; even ἀμφότεραι αμφοτερος both αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν αιχμαλωτευω capture Αχινοομ αχινοομ the Ιεζραηλῖτις ιεζραηλιτις and; even Αβιγαια αβιγαια the γυνὴ γυνη woman; wife Ναβαλ ναβαλ the Καρμηλίου καρμηλιος Karmēlios; Karmilios
30:5 וּ û וְ and שְׁתֵּ֥י šᵊttˌê שְׁנַיִם two נְשֵֽׁי־ nᵊšˈê- אִשָּׁה woman דָוִ֖ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David נִשְׁבּ֑וּ nišbˈû שׁבה take captive אֲחִינֹ֨עַם֙ ʔᵃḥînˈōʕam אֲחִינֹעַם Ahinoam הַ ha הַ the יִּזְרְעֵלִ֔ית yyizrᵊʕēlˈîṯ יִזְרְעֵאלִי Jezreelite וַ wa וְ and אֲבִיגַ֕יִל ʔᵃvîḡˈayil אֲבִיגַיִל Abigail אֵ֖שֶׁת ʔˌēšeṯ אִשָּׁה woman נָבָ֥ל nāvˌāl נָבָל Nabal הַֽ hˈa הַ the כַּרְמְלִֽי׃ kkarmᵊlˈî כַּרְמְלִי Carmelite
30:5. siquidem et duae uxores David captivae ductae fuerant Ahinoem Iezrahelites et Abigail uxor Nabal CarmeliFor the two wives also of David were taken captives, Achinoam, the Jezrahelitess, and Abigail, the wife of Nabal of Carmel.
5. And David’s two wives were taken captives, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal the Carmelite.
And David' s two wives were taken captives, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal the Carmelite:

30:5 Взяты были в плен и обе жены Давида: Ахиноама Изреелитянка и Авигея, {бывшая} жена Навала, Кармилитянка.
30:5
καὶ και and; even
ἀμφότεραι αμφοτερος both
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν αιχμαλωτευω capture
Αχινοομ αχινοομ the
Ιεζραηλῖτις ιεζραηλιτις and; even
Αβιγαια αβιγαια the
γυνὴ γυνη woman; wife
Ναβαλ ναβαλ the
Καρμηλίου καρμηλιος Karmēlios; Karmilios
30:5
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתֵּ֥י šᵊttˌê שְׁנַיִם two
נְשֵֽׁי־ nᵊšˈê- אִשָּׁה woman
דָוִ֖ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
נִשְׁבּ֑וּ nišbˈû שׁבה take captive
אֲחִינֹ֨עַם֙ ʔᵃḥînˈōʕam אֲחִינֹעַם Ahinoam
הַ ha הַ the
יִּזְרְעֵלִ֔ית yyizrᵊʕēlˈîṯ יִזְרְעֵאלִי Jezreelite
וַ wa וְ and
אֲבִיגַ֕יִל ʔᵃvîḡˈayil אֲבִיגַיִל Abigail
אֵ֖שֶׁת ʔˌēšeṯ אִשָּׁה woman
נָבָ֥ל nāvˌāl נָבָל Nabal
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כַּרְמְלִֽי׃ kkarmᵊlˈî כַּרְמְלִי Carmelite
30:5. siquidem et duae uxores David captivae ductae fuerant Ahinoem Iezrahelites et Abigail uxor Nabal Carmeli
For the two wives also of David were taken captives, Achinoam, the Jezrahelitess, and Abigail, the wife of Nabal of Carmel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5: Ср. XXV:42-43.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:5: two wives: Sa1 1:2, Sa1 25:42, Sa1 25:43, Sa1 27:3; Sa2 2:2, Sa2 3:2, Sa2 3:3
John Gill
And David's two wives were taken captives,.... Which is observed as one cause of his particular distress, and another follows in 1Kings 30:6,
Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal the Carmelite: that is, who had been his wife; for he was now dead, 1Kings 25:39, and was so before she was married to David; both these came with him to Gath, and were left at Ziklag when he went with Achish, and here they were taken; see 1Kings 25:42.
30:630:6: Եւ նեղեցաւ Դաւիթ յոյժ. զի ասաց ժողովուրդն քարկոծե՛լ զնա. եւ զայրացեալ էր ոգի ամենայն ժողովրդեանն իւրաքանչիւր ՚ի վերայ ուստերա՛ց եւ դստերաց իւրեանց։ Եւ զօրացա՛ւ Դաւիթ ՚ի Տէր Աստուած իւր[3134]. [3134] Այլք. Զի զայրացեալ էր ոգի։
6 Դաւիթը մեծ տագնապի մէջ էր. ժողովուրդն ուզում էր նրան քարկոծել, որովհետեւ ամէն մէկի սիրտը կսկծում էր իր տղաների ու աղջիկների համար:
6 Դաւիթ մեծ տագնապի մէջ էր, քանզի ժողովուրդը զանիկա քարկոծել կ’ուզէր, որովհետեւ բոլոր ժողովուրդին սիրտը կը կսկծար իրենց տղոցը ու աղջիկներուն համար. բայց Դաւիթ իր Տէր Աստուծմով զօրացաւ։
Եւ նեղեցաւ Դաւիթ յոյժ, զի ասաց ժողովուրդն քարկոծել զնա. զի զայրացեալ էր ոգի ամենայն ժողովրդեանն իւրաքանչիւր ի վերայ ուստերաց եւ դստերաց իւրեանց: Եւ զօրացաւ Դաւիթ ի Տէր Աստուած իւր:

30:6: Եւ նեղեցաւ Դաւիթ յոյժ. զի ասաց ժողովուրդն քարկոծե՛լ զնա. եւ զայրացեալ էր ոգի ամենայն ժողովրդեանն իւրաքանչիւր ՚ի վերայ ուստերա՛ց եւ դստերաց իւրեանց։ Եւ զօրացա՛ւ Դաւիթ ՚ի Տէր Աստուած իւր[3134].
[3134] Այլք. Զի զայրացեալ էր ոգի։
6 Դաւիթը մեծ տագնապի մէջ էր. ժողովուրդն ուզում էր նրան քարկոծել, որովհետեւ ամէն մէկի սիրտը կսկծում էր իր տղաների ու աղջիկների համար:
6 Դաւիթ մեծ տագնապի մէջ էր, քանզի ժողովուրդը զանիկա քարկոծել կ’ուզէր, որովհետեւ բոլոր ժողովուրդին սիրտը կը կսկծար իրենց տղոցը ու աղջիկներուն համար. բայց Դաւիթ իր Տէր Աստուծմով զօրացաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:630:6 Давид сильно был смущен, так как народ хотел побить его камнями; ибо скорбел душею весь народ, каждый о сыновьях своих и дочерях своих.
30:6 καὶ και and; even ἐθλίβη θλιβω pressure; press against Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously ὅτι οτι since; that εἶπεν επω say; speak ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population λιθοβολῆσαι λιθοβολεω stone αὐτόν αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that κατώδυνος κατωδυνος soul παντὸς πας all; every τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population ἑκάστου εκαστος each ἐπὶ επι in; on τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰς ο the θυγατέρας θυγατηρ daughter αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐκραταιώθη κραταιοω have dominion Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐν εν in κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master θεῷ θεος God αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:6 וַ wa וְ and תֵּ֨צֶר ttˌēṣer צרר wrap, be narrow לְ lᵊ לְ to דָוִ֜ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David מְאֹ֗ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אָמְר֤וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say הָ hā הַ the עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people לְ lᵊ לְ to סָקְלֹ֔ו soqlˈô סקל stone כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that מָ֨רָה֙ mˈārā מרר be bitter נֶ֣פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בָּנָ֣יובנו *bānˈāʸw בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בְּנֹתָ֑יו bᵊnōṯˈāʸw בַּת daughter וַ wa וְ and יִּתְחַזֵּ֣ק yyiṯḥazzˈēq חזק be strong דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David בַּ ba בְּ in יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ ס ʔᵉlōhˈāʸw . s אֱלֹהִים god(s)
30:6. et contristatus est David valde volebat enim eum populus lapidare quia amara erat anima uniuscuiusque viri super filiis suis et filiabus confortatus est autem David in Domino Deo suoAnd David was greatly afflicted: for the people had a mind to stone him, for the soul of every man was bitterly grieved for his sons and daughters: but David took courage in the Lord his God.
6. And David was greatly distressed; for the people spake of stoning him, because the soul of all the people was grieved, every man for his sons and for his daughters: but David strengthened himself in the LORD his God.
And David was greatly distressed; for the people spake of stoning him, because the soul of all the people was grieved, every man for his sons and for his daughters: but David encouraged himself in the LORD his God:

30:6 Давид сильно был смущен, так как народ хотел побить его камнями; ибо скорбел душею весь народ, каждый о сыновьях своих и дочерях своих.
30:6
καὶ και and; even
ἐθλίβη θλιβω pressure; press against
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
ὅτι οτι since; that
εἶπεν επω say; speak
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
λιθοβολῆσαι λιθοβολεω stone
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
κατώδυνος κατωδυνος soul
παντὸς πας all; every
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
ἑκάστου εκαστος each
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰς ο the
θυγατέρας θυγατηρ daughter
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐκραταιώθη κραταιοω have dominion
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐν εν in
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
θεῷ θεος God
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:6
וַ wa וְ and
תֵּ֨צֶר ttˌēṣer צרר wrap, be narrow
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דָוִ֜ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
מְאֹ֗ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אָמְר֤וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say
הָ הַ the
עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people
לְ lᵊ לְ to
סָקְלֹ֔ו soqlˈô סקל stone
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
מָ֨רָה֙ mˈārā מרר be bitter
נֶ֣פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בָּנָ֣יובנו
*bānˈāʸw בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בְּנֹתָ֑יו bᵊnōṯˈāʸw בַּת daughter
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְחַזֵּ֣ק yyiṯḥazzˈēq חזק be strong
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
בַּ ba בְּ in
יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ ס ʔᵉlōhˈāʸw . s אֱלֹהִים god(s)
30:6. et contristatus est David valde volebat enim eum populus lapidare quia amara erat anima uniuscuiusque viri super filiis suis et filiabus confortatus est autem David in Domino Deo suo
And David was greatly afflicted: for the people had a mind to stone him, for the soul of every man was bitterly grieved for his sons and daughters: but David took courage in the Lord his God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6: Народ хотел побить его камнями, считая уход Давида в Афек одной из ближайших причин разразившегося несчастья.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:6: The people spake of stoning him - David had done much to civilize those men; but we find by this of what an unruly and ferocious spirit they were; and yet they strongly felt the ties of natural affection, they "grieved every man for his sons and for his daughters."
David encouraged himself in the Lord - He found he could place very little confidence in his men; and, as he was conscious that this evil had not happened either through his neglect or folly, he saw he might the more confidently expect succor from his Maker.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:7
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:6: was greatly: Gen 32:7; Psa 25:17, Psa 42:7, Psa 116:3, Psa 116:4, Psa 116:10; Co2 1:8, Co2 1:9, Co2 4:8, Co2 7:5
the people: Exo 17:4; Num 14:10; Psa 62:9; Mat 21:9, Mat 27:22
grieved: Heb. bitter, Sa1 1:10; Jdg 18:25; Sa2 17:8; Kg2 4:27 *marg.
David: Job 13:15; Psa 18:6, Psa 26:1, Psa 26:2, Psa 27:1-3, Psa 34:1-8, Psa 40:1, Psa 40:2, Psa 42:5, Psa 42:11; Psa 56:3, Psa 56:4, Psa 56:11, Psa 62:1, Psa 62:5, Psa 62:8, Psa 118:8-13; Pro 18:10; Isa 25:4, Isa 37:14-20; Jer 16:19; Hab 3:17, Hab 3:18; Rom 4:18, Rom 8:31; Co2 1:6, Co2 1:9, Co2 1:10; Heb 13:6
Geneva 1599
And David was greatly distressed; for the people (d) spake of stoning him, because the soul of all the people was grieved, every man for his sons and for his daughters: but David encouraged himself in the LORD his God.
(d) Thus we see that in trouble and adversity we do not consider God's providence, but like raging beasts forget both our own duty and contemn God's appointment over us.
John Gill
And David was greatly distressed,.... Partly for the loss of his two wives, and partly because of the mutiny and murmuring of his men:
for the people spake of stoning him; as the Israelites did of Moses and Aaron, Num 14:10; the reason of this was, because, as they judged, it was owing to David that they went along with Achish, and left the city defenceless, and because he had provoked the Amalekites by his inroad upon them, who took this opportunity of avenging themselves. Abarbinel is of opinion that it was his excess of sorrow for his two wives, and his remissness and backwardness to take vengeance on their enemies, that provoked them, and put them on talking after this manner:
because the soul of all the people was grieved, every man for his sons and for his daughters; as well as David; and they were very desirous of recovering them if possible, and of taking vengeance on those who had carried them captive:
but David encouraged himself in the Lord his God; took all patiently, and exercised faith on his God; he encouraged himself in the power and providence of God; in the promises of God, and his faithfulness in keeping them; in a view of his covenant relation to God; in remembrance of the grace, mercy, and goodness of God, and his former experiences of it; hoping and believing that God would appear for him in some way or another, and work salvation for him. The Targum is,"he strengthened himself in the Word of the Lord his God;''in Christ the Word of God, and in the power of his might, and in the grace that is in him, Eph 6:10.
John Wesley
Stoning him - As the author of their miseries, by coming to Ziklag at first, by provoking the Amalekites to this cruelty, and by his forwardness in marching away with Achish, and leaving their wives and children unguarded. Encouraged himself - That is, in this that the all - wise, and all - powerful Lord, was his God by covenant and special promise, and fatherly affection, as he had shewed himself to be in the whole course of his providence towards him. It is the duty of all good men, whatever happens, to encourage themselves in the Lord their God, assuring themselves, that he both can and will bring light out of darkness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
BUT DAVID, ENCOURAGED BY GOD, PURSUES THEM. (1Kings 30:6-15)
David was greatly distressed--He had reason, not only on his own personal account (1Kings 30:5), but on account of the vehement outcry and insurrectionary threats against him for having left the place so defenseless that the families of his men fell an unresisting prey to the enemy. Under the pressure of so unexpected and widespread a calamity, of which he was upbraided as the indirect occasion, the spirit of any other leader guided by ordinary motives would have sunk;
but David encouraged himself in the LORD his God--His faith supplied him with inward resources of comfort and energy, and through the seasonable inquiries he made by Urim, he inspired confidence by ordering an immediate pursuit of the plunderers.
30:730:7: եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցԱբիաթար քահանայ՝ որդի Աքիմելեքայ. Մատո՛ զեփուդդ։ Եւ մատոյց Աբիաթար զեփուդն առ Դաւիթ։
7 Դաւիթն ասաց Աքիմելէքի որդի Աբիաթար քահանային. «Մօտեցրո՛ւ պարեգօտդ»: Աբիաթարը մօտեցրեց պարեգօտը Դաւթին:
7 Դաւիթ Աքիմելէքի որդիին, Աբիաթար քահանային ըսաւ. «Եփուտը մօտեցուր ինծի»։ Ու Աբիաթար եփուտը Դաւիթին մօտեցուց։
Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցԱբիաթար քահանայ որդի Աքիմելեքայ. Մատո զեփուդդ: Եւ մատոյց Աբիաթար զեփուդն առ Դաւիթ:

30:7: եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցԱբիաթար քահանայ՝ որդի Աքիմելեքայ. Մատո՛ զեփուդդ։ Եւ մատոյց Աբիաթար զեփուդն առ Դաւիթ։
7 Դաւիթն ասաց Աքիմելէքի որդի Աբիաթար քահանային. «Մօտեցրո՛ւ պարեգօտդ»: Աբիաթարը մօտեցրեց պարեգօտը Դաւթին:
7 Դաւիթ Աքիմելէքի որդիին, Աբիաթար քահանային ըսաւ. «Եփուտը մօտեցուր ինծի»։ Ու Աբիաթար եփուտը Դաւիթին մօտեցուց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:730:7 Но Давид укрепился {надеждою} на Господа Бога своего, и сказал Давид Авиафару священнику, сыну Ахимелехову: принеси мне ефод. И принес Авиафар ефод к Давиду.
30:7 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πρὸς προς to; toward Αβιαθαρ αβιαθαρ Abiathar; Aviathar τὸν ο the ἱερέα ιερευς priest υἱὸν υιος son Αχιμελεχ αχιμελεχ lead toward; head toward τὸ ο the εφουδ εφουδ ephod
30:7 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say דָּוִ֗ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶבְיָתָ֤ר ʔevyāṯˈār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵן֙ kkōhˌēn כֹּהֵן priest בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אֲחִימֶ֔לֶךְ ʔᵃḥîmˈeleḵ אֲחִימֶלֶךְ Ahimelech הַגִּֽישָׁה־ haggˈîšā- נגשׁ approach נָּ֥א nnˌā נָא yeah לִ֖י lˌî לְ to הָ hā הַ the אֵפֹ֑ד ʔēfˈōḏ אֵפֹד ephod וַ wa וְ and יַּגֵּ֧שׁ yyaggˈēš נגשׁ approach אֶבְיָתָ֛ר ʔevyāṯˈār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אֵפֹ֖ד ʔēfˌōḏ אֵפֹד ephod אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:7. et ait ad Abiathar sacerdotem filium Ahimelech adplica ad me ephod et adplicuit Abiathar ephod ad DavidAnd he said to Abiathar, the priest, the son of Achimelech: Bring me hither the ephod. And Abiathar brought the ephod to David.
7. And David said to Abiathar the priest, the son of Ahimelech, I pray thee, bring me hither the ephod. And Abiathar brought thither the ephod to David.
And David said to Abiathar the priest, Ahimelech' s son, I pray thee, bring me hither the ephod. And Abiathar brought thither the ephod to David:

30:7 Но Давид укрепился {надеждою} на Господа Бога своего, и сказал Давид Авиафару священнику, сыну Ахимелехову: принеси мне ефод. И принес Авиафар ефод к Давиду.
30:7
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πρὸς προς to; toward
Αβιαθαρ αβιαθαρ Abiathar; Aviathar
τὸν ο the
ἱερέα ιερευς priest
υἱὸν υιος son
Αχιμελεχ αχιμελεχ lead toward; head toward
τὸ ο the
εφουδ εφουδ ephod
30:7
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
דָּוִ֗ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶבְיָתָ֤ר ʔevyāṯˈār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵן֙ kkōhˌēn כֹּהֵן priest
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אֲחִימֶ֔לֶךְ ʔᵃḥîmˈeleḵ אֲחִימֶלֶךְ Ahimelech
הַגִּֽישָׁה־ haggˈîšā- נגשׁ approach
נָּ֥א nnˌā נָא yeah
לִ֖י lˌî לְ to
הָ הַ the
אֵפֹ֑ד ʔēfˈōḏ אֵפֹד ephod
וַ wa וְ and
יַּגֵּ֧שׁ yyaggˈēš נגשׁ approach
אֶבְיָתָ֛ר ʔevyāṯˈār אֶבְיָתָר Abiathar
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אֵפֹ֖ד ʔēfˌōḏ אֵפֹד ephod
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:7. et ait ad Abiathar sacerdotem filium Ahimelech adplica ad me ephod et adplicuit Abiathar ephod ad David
And he said to Abiathar, the priest, the son of Achimelech: Bring me hither the ephod. And Abiathar brought the ephod to David.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David Recovers the Spoil. B. C. 1055.

7 And David said to Abiathar the priest, Ahimelech's son, I pray thee, bring me hither the ephod. And Abiathar brought thither the ephod to David. 8 And David enquired at the LORD, saying, Shall I pursue after this troop? shall I overtake them? And he answered him, Pursue: for thou shalt surely overtake them, and without fail recover all. 9 So David went, he and the six hundred men that were with him, and came to the brook Besor, where those that were left behind stayed. 10 But David pursued, he and four hundred men: for two hundred abode behind, which were so faint that they could not go over the brook Besor. 11 And they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David, and gave him bread, and he did eat; and they made him drink water; 12 And they gave him a piece of a cake of figs, and two clusters of raisins: and when he had eaten, his spirit came again to him: for he had eaten no bread, nor drunk any water, three days and three nights. 13 And David said unto him, To whom belongest thou? and whence art thou? And he said, I am a young man of Egypt, servant to an Amalekite; and my master left me, because three days agone I fell sick. 14 We made an invasion upon the south of the Cherethites, and upon the coast which belongeth to Judah, and upon the south of Caleb; and we burned Ziklag with fire. 15 And David said to him, Canst thou bring me down to this company? And he said, Swear unto me by God, that thou wilt neither kill me, nor deliver me into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee down to this company. 16 And when he had brought him down, behold, they were spread abroad upon all the earth, eating and drinking, and dancing, because of all the great spoil that they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Judah. 17 And David smote them from the twilight even unto the evening of the next day: and there escaped not a man of them, save four hundred young men, which rode upon camels, and fled. 18 And David recovered all that the Amalekites had carried away: and David rescued his two wives. 19 And there was nothing lacking to them, neither small nor great, neither sons nor daughters, neither spoil, nor any thing that they had taken to them: David recovered all. 20 And David took all the flocks and the herds, which they drave before those other cattle, and said, This is David's spoil.
Solomon observes that the righteous is delivered out of trouble and the wicked cometh in his stead, that the just falleth seven times a-day and riseth again; so it was with David. Many were his troubles, but the Lord delivered him out of them all, and particularly out of this of which we have here an account.
I. He enquired of the Lord both concerning his duty--Shall I pursue after this troop? and concerning the event--Shall I overtake them? v. 8. It was a great advantage to David that he had the high priest with him and the breast-plate of judgment, which, as a public person, he might consult in all his affairs, Num. xxvii. 21. We cannot think that he left Abiathar and the ephod at Ziklag, for then he and it would have been carried away by the Amalekites, unless we may suppose them hidden by a special providence, that they might be ready for David to consult at his return. If we conclude that David had his priest and ephod with him in the camp of the Philistines, it was certainly a great neglect in him that he did not enquire of the Lord by them concerning his engagement to Achish. Perhaps he was ashamed to own his religion so far among the uncircumcised; but now he begins to apprehend that this trouble is brought upon him to correct him for that oversight, and therefore the first thing he does is to call for the ephod. It is well if we get this good by our afflictions, to be reminded by them of neglected duties, and particularly to be quickened by them to enquire of the Lord. See 1 Chron. xv. 13. David had no room to doubt but that his war against these Amalekites was just, and he had an inclination strong enough to set upon them when it was for the recovery of that which was dearest to him in this world; and yet he would not go about it without asking counsel of God, thereby owning his dependence upon God and submission to him. If we thus, in all our ways, acknowledge God, we may expect that he will direct our steps, as he did David's here, answering him above what he asked, with an assurance that he should recover all.
II. He went himself in person, and took with him all the force he had, in pursuit of the Amalekites, v. 9, 10. See how quickly, how easily, how effectually the mutiny among the soldiers was quelled by his patience and faith. When they spoke of stoning him (v. 6), if he had spoken of hanging them, or had ordered that the ringleaders of the faction should immediately have their heads struck off, though it would have been just, yet it might have been of pernicious consequence to his interest in this critical juncture; and, while he and his men were contending, the Amalekites would have clearly carried off their spoil. But when he, as a deaf man, heard not, smothered his resentments, and encouraged himself in the Lord his God, the tumult of the people was stilled by his gentleness and the power of God on their hearts; and, being thus mildly treated, they are now as ready to follow his foot as they were but a little before to fly in his face. Meekness is the security of any government. All his men were willing to go along with him in pursuit of the Amalekites, and he needed them all; but he was forced to drop a third part of them by the way; 200 out of 600 were so fatigued with their long march, and so sunk under the load of their grief, that they could not pass the brook Besor, but staid behind there. This was, 1. A great trial of David's faith, whether he could go on, in a dependence upon the word of God, when so many of his men failed him. When we are disappointed and discouraged in our expectations from second causes, then to go on with cheerfulness, confiding in the divine power, this is giving glory to God, by believing against hope, in hope. 2. A great instance of David's tenderness to his men, that he would by no means urge them beyond their strength, though the case itself was so very urgent. The Son of David thus considers the frame of his followers, who are not all alike strong and vigorous in their spiritual pursuits and conflicts; but, where we are weak, there he is kind; nay, more there he is strong, 2 Cor. xii. 9, 10.
III. Providence threw one in their way that gave them intelligence of the enemy's motions, and guided theirs; a poor Egyptian lad, scarcely alive, is made instrumental of a great deal of good to David. God chooses the foolish things of the world, with them to confound the wise. Observe, 1. His master's cruelty to him. He had got out of him all the service he could, and when the lad fell sick, probably being over-toiled with his work, he barbarously left him to perish in the field, when he was in no such haste but he might have put him into some of the carriages, and brought him home, or, at least, have left him wherewithal to support himself. That master has the spirit of an Amalekite, not of an Israelite, that can thus use a servant worse than one would use a beast. The tender mercies of the wicked are cruel. This Amalekite thought he should now have servants enough of the Israelite-captives, and therefore cared not what became of his Egyptian slave, but could willingly let him die in a ditch for want of necessaries, while he himself was eating and drinking, v. 16. Justly did Providence make this poor servant, that was thus basely abused, instrumental towards the destruction of a whole army of Amalekites and his master among the rest; for God hears the cry of oppressed servants. 2. David's compassion to him. Though he had reason to think he was one of those that had helped to destroy Ziklag, yet, finding him in distress, he generously relieved him, not only with bread and water (v. 11), but with figs and raisins, v. 12. Though the Israelites were in haste, and had no great plenty for themselves, yet they would not forbear to deliver one that was drawn unto death, nor say, Behold, we knew it not, Prov. xxiv. 11, 12. Those are unworthy the name of Israelites who shut up the bowels of their compassion from persons in distress. It was also prudently done to relieve this Egyptian; for, though despicable, he was capable of doing them service: so it proved, though they were not certain of this when they relieved him. It is a good reason why we should neither do an injury nor deny a kindness to any man that we know not but, some time or other, it may be in his power to return either a kindness or an injury. 3. The intelligence David received from this poor Egyptian when he had come to himself. He gave him an account concerning his party. (1.) What they had done (v. 14): We made an invasion, &c. The countries which David had pretended to Achish to have made an incursion upon (ch. xxvii. 10) they really had invaded and laid waste. What was then false now proved too true. (2.) Whither they had gone, v. 15. This he promised David to inform him of upon condition he would spare his life and protect him from his master, who, if he could hear of him again (he thought), would add cruelty to cruelty. Such an opinion this poor Egyptian had of the obligation of an oath that he desired no greater security for his life than this: Swear unto me by God, not by the gods of Egypt or Amalek, but by the one supreme God.
IV. David, being directed to the place where they lay, securely celebrating their triumphs, fell upon them, and, as he used to pray, saw his desire upon his enemies. 1. The spoilers were cut off. The Amalekites, finding the booty was rich, and having got with it (as they thought) out of the reach of danger, were making themselves very merry with it, v. 16. All thoughts of war were laid aside, nor were they in any haste to house their prey, but spread themselves abroad on the earth in the most careless manner that could be, and there they were found eating, and drinking, and dancing, probably in honour of their idol-gods, to whom they gave the praise of their success. In this posture David surprised them, which made the conquest of them, and the blow he gave them, the more easy to him and the more dismal to them. Then are sinners nearest to ruin when they cry, Peace and safety, and put the evil day far from them. Nor does any thing give our spiritual enemies more advantage against us than sensuality and the indulgence of the flesh. Eating, and drinking, and dancing, have been the soft and pleasant way in which many have gone down to the congregation of the dead. Finding them thus off their guard, and from their arms (many of them, it may be, drunk, and unable to make any resistance), he put them all to the sword, and only 400 escaped, v. 17. Thus is the triumphing of the wicked short, and wrath comes on them, as on Belshazzar, when they are in the midst of their jollity. 2. The spoil was recovered and brought off, and nothing was lost, but a great deal gotten. (1.) They retrieved all their own (v. 18, 19): David rescued his two wives; this is mentioned particularly, because this pleased David more than all the rest of his achievements. Providence had so ordered it that the Amalekites carefully preserved all that they had taken, concluding that they kept it for themselves, though really they preserved it for the right owners, so that there was nothing lacking to them; so it proved, when they concluded all was gone: so much better is God oftentimes to us than our own fears. Our Lord Jesus was indeed the Son of David and the Son of Abraham, in this resembling them both (Abraham, Gen. xiv. 16, and David here), that he took the prey from the mighty, and led captivity captive. But this was not all. (2.) They took all that belonged to the Amalekites besides (v. 20): Flocks and herds, either such as were taken from the Philistines and others, which David had the disposal of by the law of war; or perhaps he made a sally into the enemy's country, and fetched off these flocks and herds thence, as interest for his own. This drove was put in the van of the triumph, with this proclamation, "This is David's spoil. This we may thank him for." Those who lately spoke of stoning him now caressed him and cried him up, because they got by him more than they had then lost. Thus are the world and its sentiments governed by interest.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:7: Bring me hither the ephod - It seems as if David had put on the ephod, and inquired of the Lord for himself; but it is more likely that he caused Abiathar to do it.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:9
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:7: Abiathar had continued to abide with David, ever since he joined him at Keilah Sa1 23:6. On inquiry of the Lord by the ephod, see Jdg 1:1 note. The answers were evidently given by the Word of the Lord in the mouth of the high priest (compare Joh 11:51).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:7: Abiathar: Sa1 22:20, Sa1 22:21, Sa1 23:2-9; Kg1 2:26; Mar 2:26
John Gill
And David said to Abiathar the priest, Ahimelech's son,.... The son of Ahimelech, who was slain at Nob by the order of Saul, 1Kings 22:19; and Abiathar his son, who fled to David with the ephod, on the death of his father, 1Kings 22:20, was now high priest in his room; and who it seems was with David when he went with Achish, and returned with him; for had he been left at Ziklag, he and his ephod, in all probability, had been carried off by the Amalekites, unless we can suppose him under the protection of a special providence: it is much David had not inquired of the Lord by him about his going with Achish; perhaps the present disaster brought to mind that neglect, and made him the more diligent now:
I pray thee, bring me hither the ephod; not to put it on himself, but that the high priest might put it on, and inquire by it before him of the Lord:
and Abiathar brought thither the ephod to David; for the sake of David, that inquiry might be made before him of the Lord by Urim and Thummim.
John Wesley
The ephod - And put it upon thyself, that thou mayst enquire of God according to his ordinance, David was sensible of his former error in neglecting to ask counsel of God by the ephod, when he came to Achish, and when he went out with Achish to the Battle; and his necessity now brings him to his duty, and his duty meets with success.
30:830:8: Եւ եհարց Դաւիթ ՚ի Տեառնէ, եւ ասէ. Պնդեցա՞յց զկնի գեդդուրա՛յն այնորիկ, եթէ հասանիցե՞մ նոցա։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Պնդեա՛ց եւ հասանելո՛վ հասանես, եւ թափելով թափեսցես[3135]։ [3135] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ Գեդդուրայն, նշանակի՝ հինին։
8 Դաւիթը հարցրեց Տիրոջը եւ ասաց. «Հետապնդե՞մ այդ ելուզակներին, կը հասնե՞մ նրանց»: Տէրն ասաց. «Հետապնդի՛ր եւ անպայման կը հասնես ու բոլոր գերիներին կը փրկես»:
8 Դաւիթ Տէրոջը հարցուց ու ըսաւ. «Այս գունդը հալածե՞մ, անոնց կը հասնի՞մ»։ Տէրը ըսաւ անոր. «Հալածէ՛, քանզի անշուշտ պիտի հասնիս ու բոլորը պիտի ազատես»։
Եւ եհարց Դաւիթ ի Տեառնէ եւ ասէ. Պնդեցա՞յց զկնի [523]գեդդուրայն այնորիկ, եթէ հասանիցե՞մ նոցա: Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Պնդեաց եւ հասանելով հասանես, եւ թափելով թափեսցես:

30:8: Եւ եհարց Դաւիթ ՚ի Տեառնէ, եւ ասէ. Պնդեցա՞յց զկնի գեդդուրա՛յն այնորիկ, եթէ հասանիցե՞մ նոցա։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Պնդեա՛ց եւ հասանելո՛վ հասանես, եւ թափելով թափեսցես[3135]։
[3135] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ Գեդդուրայն, նշանակի՝ հինին։
8 Դաւիթը հարցրեց Տիրոջը եւ ասաց. «Հետապնդե՞մ այդ ելուզակներին, կը հասնե՞մ նրանց»: Տէրն ասաց. «Հետապնդի՛ր եւ անպայման կը հասնես ու բոլոր գերիներին կը փրկես»:
8 Դաւիթ Տէրոջը հարցուց ու ըսաւ. «Այս գունդը հալածե՞մ, անոնց կը հասնի՞մ»։ Տէրը ըսաւ անոր. «Հալածէ՛, քանզի անշուշտ պիտի հասնիս ու բոլորը պիտի ազատես»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:830:8 И вопросил Давид Господа, говоря: преследовать ли мне это полчище, и догоню ли их? И сказано ему: преследуй, догонишь и отнимешь.
30:8 καὶ και and; even ἐπηρώτησεν επερωταω interrogate; inquire of Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith διὰ δια through; because of τοῦ ο the κυρίου κυριος lord; master λέγων λεγω tell; declare εἰ ει if; whether καταδιώξω καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after τοῦ ο the γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he εἰ ει if; whether καταλήμψομαι καταλαμβανω apprehend αὐτούς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καταδίωκε καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ὅτι οτι since; that καταλαμβάνων καταλαμβανω apprehend καταλήμψῃ καταλαμβανω apprehend καὶ και and; even ἐξαιρούμενος εξαιρεω extract; take out ἐξελῇ εξερχομαι come out; go out
30:8 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁאַ֨ל yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask דָּוִ֤ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in יהוָה֙ [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say אֶרְדֹּ֛ף ʔerdˈōf רדף pursue אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after הַ ha הַ the גְּדוּד־ ggᵊḏûḏ- גְּדוּד band הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this הַֽ hˈa הֲ [interrogative] אַשִּׂגֶ֑נּוּ ʔaśśiḡˈennû נשׂג overtake וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say לֹו֙ lˌô לְ to רְדֹ֔ף rᵊḏˈōf רדף pursue כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that הַשֵּׂ֥ג haśśˌēḡ נשׂג overtake תַּשִּׂ֖יג taśśˌîḡ נשׂג overtake וְ wᵊ וְ and הַצֵּ֥ל haṣṣˌēl נצל deliver תַּצִּֽיל׃ taṣṣˈîl נצל deliver
30:8. et consuluit David Dominum dicens persequar an non latrunculos hos et conprehendam eos dixitque ei persequere absque dubio enim conprehendes eos et excuties praedamAnd David consulted the Lord, saying: Shall I pursue after these robbers, and shall I overtake them, or not? And the Lord said to him: Pursue after them: for thou shalt surely overtake them and recover the prey.
8. And David inquired of the LORD, saying, If I pursue after this troop, shall I overtake them? And he answered him, Pursue: for thou shalt surely overtake , and shalt without fail recover .
And David enquired at the LORD, saying, Shall I pursue after this troop? shall I overtake them? And he answered him, Pursue: for thou shalt surely overtake [them], and without fail recover:

30:8 И вопросил Давид Господа, говоря: преследовать ли мне это полчище, и догоню ли их? И сказано ему: преследуй, догонишь и отнимешь.
30:8
καὶ και and; even
ἐπηρώτησεν επερωταω interrogate; inquire of
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
διὰ δια through; because of
τοῦ ο the
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
εἰ ει if; whether
καταδιώξω καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
τοῦ ο the
γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he
εἰ ει if; whether
καταλήμψομαι καταλαμβανω apprehend
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καταδίωκε καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ὅτι οτι since; that
καταλαμβάνων καταλαμβανω apprehend
καταλήμψῃ καταλαμβανω apprehend
καὶ και and; even
ἐξαιρούμενος εξαιρεω extract; take out
ἐξελῇ εξερχομαι come out; go out
30:8
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁאַ֨ל yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask
דָּוִ֤ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in
יהוָה֙ [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
אֶרְדֹּ֛ף ʔerdˈōf רדף pursue
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
הַ ha הַ the
גְּדוּד־ ggᵊḏûḏ- גְּדוּד band
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
הַֽ hˈa הֲ [interrogative]
אַשִּׂגֶ֑נּוּ ʔaśśiḡˈennû נשׂג overtake
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
לֹו֙ lˌô לְ to
רְדֹ֔ף rᵊḏˈōf רדף pursue
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
הַשֵּׂ֥ג haśśˌēḡ נשׂג overtake
תַּשִּׂ֖יג taśśˌîḡ נשׂג overtake
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַצֵּ֥ל haṣṣˌēl נצל deliver
תַּצִּֽיל׃ taṣṣˈîl נצל deliver
30:8. et consuluit David Dominum dicens persequar an non latrunculos hos et conprehendam eos dixitque ei persequere absque dubio enim conprehendes eos et excuties praedam
And David consulted the Lord, saying: Shall I pursue after these robbers, and shall I overtake them, or not? And the Lord said to him: Pursue after them: for thou shalt surely overtake them and recover the prey.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:8: inquired: Sa1 23:2, Sa1 23:4, Sa1 23:10-12; Jdg 20:18, Jdg 20:23, Jdg 20:28; Sa2 5:19, Sa2 5:23; Pro 3:5, Pro 3:6
he answered him: Sa1 14:37, Sa1 28:6, Sa1 28:15, Sa1 28:16; Num 27:21; Psa 50:15, Psa 91:15
Geneva 1599
And David enquired at the LORD, saying, Shall I pursue after this troop? shall I overtake them? And he answered him, Pursue: for thou shalt surely overtake [them], and without fail (e) recover [all].
(e) Though God seem to leave us for a time, yet if we trust in him, we will be sure to find comfort.
John Gill
And David inquired of the Lord,.... That is, by Abiathar, who reported his questions to the Lord in his name:
saying, shall I pursue after this troop? the large company of the Amalekites, as it appears by what follows they were:
shall I overtake them? two questions are here put together, and answers returned to them, contrary to a notion of the Jews; See Gill on 1Kings 23:11,
and he answered him, pursue; which respects the first question:
for thou shall surely overtake them; which is an answer to the second question, and a full one, giving full assurance of overtaking; to which is added more than what was inquired about:
and without fail recover all; their wives, sons, and daughters, and the spoil that was taken; or "in delivering thou shall deliver" (p), out of the hands of the Amalekites, whatsoever they had taken.
(p) "eruendo erues", Pagninus, Montanus; "eripiendo erepturus es", Piscator.
John Wesley
He answered - Before, God answered more slowly and gradually, 1Kings 23:11-12, but now he answers speedily, and fully at once, because the business required haste. So gracious is our God, that he considers even the degree of our necessities, and accommodates himself to them.
30:930:9: Եւ գնա՛ց Դաւիթ եւ չորեքարեւր արքն որ ընդ նմա, եւ եկին մինչեւ ցհեղեղատն Բոսորայ. եւ աւելորդքն զտեղի՛ առին[3136]։ [3136] Ոմանք. Եւ չորեքհարիւր արք նորա ընդ նմա։
9 Դաւիթն իր հետ վերցնելով վեց[33] հարիւր մարդ՝ եկաւ մինչեւ Բոսորի հեղեղատը, իսկ ուժասպառ եղածները մնացին տեղում:[33] 33. Գրաբար բնագրում՝ չորս: Ուղղումն ըստ Լ գլխի 10-րդ համարի:
9 Դաւիթ ինք ու իրեն հետ եղող վեց հարիւր մարդիկը գացին ու մինչեւ Բոսոր հեղեղատը հասան ու ետ մնացողները հոն կեցան։
Եւ գնաց Դաւիթ եւ [524]չորեքհարեւր արքն որ ընդ նմա, եւ եկին մինչեւ ցհեղեղատն Բոսորայ. եւ [525]աւելորդքն զտեղի առին:

30:9: Եւ գնա՛ց Դաւիթ եւ չորեքարեւր արքն որ ընդ նմա, եւ եկին մինչեւ ցհեղեղատն Բոսորայ. եւ աւելորդքն զտեղի՛ առին[3136]։
[3136] Ոմանք. Եւ չորեքհարիւր արք նորա ընդ նմա։
9 Դաւիթն իր հետ վերցնելով վեց[33] հարիւր մարդ՝ եկաւ մինչեւ Բոսորի հեղեղատը, իսկ ուժասպառ եղածները մնացին տեղում:
[33] 33. Գրաբար բնագրում՝ չորս: Ուղղումն ըստ Լ գլխի 10-րդ համարի:
9 Դաւիթ ինք ու իրեն հետ եղող վեց հարիւր մարդիկը գացին ու մինչեւ Բոսոր հեղեղատը հասան ու ետ մնացողները հոն կեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:930:9 И пошел Давид сам и шестьсот мужей, бывших с ним; и пришли к потоку Восор и усталые остановились там.
30:9 καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith αὐτὸς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἑξακόσιοι εξακοσιοι six hundred ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the χειμάρρου χειμαρρους Bosor; Vosor καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the περισσοὶ περισσος overflowing; superfluous ἔστησαν ιστημι stand; establish
30:9 וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֣לֶךְ yyˈēleḵ הלך walk דָּוִ֗ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David ה֤וּא hˈû הוּא he וְ wᵊ וְ and שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six מֵאֹ֥ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred אִישׁ֙ ʔîš אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אִתֹּ֔ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi הַ ha הַ the בְּשֹׂ֑ור bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the נֹּֽותָרִ֖ים nnˈôṯārˌîm יתר remain עָמָֽדוּ׃ ʕāmˈāḏû עמד stand
30:9. abiit ergo David ipse et sescenti viri qui erant cum eo et venerunt usque ad torrentem Besor et lassi quidam substiteruntSo David went, he and the six hundred men that were with him, and they came to the torrent Besor: and some, being weary, stayed there.
9. So David went, he and the six hundred men that were with him, and came to the brook Besor, where those that were left behind stayed.
So David went, he and the six hundred men that [were] with him, and came to the brook Besor, where those that were left behind stayed:

30:9 И пошел Давид сам и шестьсот мужей, бывших с ним; и пришли к потоку Восор и усталые остановились там.
30:9
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἑξακόσιοι εξακοσιοι six hundred
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους Bosor; Vosor
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
περισσοὶ περισσος overflowing; superfluous
ἔστησαν ιστημι stand; establish
30:9
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֣לֶךְ yyˈēleḵ הלך walk
דָּוִ֗ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
ה֤וּא hˈû הוּא he
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six
מֵאֹ֥ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred
אִישׁ֙ ʔîš אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אִתֹּ֔ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
הַ ha הַ the
בְּשֹׂ֑ור bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
נֹּֽותָרִ֖ים nnˈôṯārˌîm יתר remain
עָמָֽדוּ׃ ʕāmˈāḏû עמד stand
30:9. abiit ergo David ipse et sescenti viri qui erant cum eo et venerunt usque ad torrentem Besor et lassi quidam substiterunt
So David went, he and the six hundred men that were with him, and they came to the torrent Besor: and some, being weary, stayed there.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jg▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9: Поток Восор впадает в Средиземное море, к западу от Вирсавии.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:9: The brook Besor - This had its source in the mountain of Idumea, and fell into the Mediterranean Sea beyond Gaza. Some suppose it to have been the same with the river of the wilderness, or the river of Egypt. The sense of this and the following verse is, that when they came to the brook Besor, there were found two hundred out of his six hundred men so spent with fatigue that they could proceed no farther. The baggage or stuff was left there, Sa1 30:24, and they were appointed to guard it.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:12
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:9: Besor - Thought to be the stream of the Wady Sheriah which enters the sea a little south of Gaza.
John Gill
So David went, he and the six hundred men that were with him,.... Encouraged by the oracle of the Lord:
and came to the brook Besor; which Adrichomius (q) places in the tribe of Simeon; it is thought to be near Gaza. Aristaeus (r) speaks of brooks that flowed by Gaza and Ashdod, places that belonged to the Philistines; some take it to be the river of the wilderness in Amos; see Gill on Amos 6:14,
where those that were left behind stayed: or a part of them were left, as the Targum; all the six hundred came to this brook, but two hundred of them were left here, 1Kings 30:10 shows, and stayed here till the rest returned; for this is not to be understood of any that were left behind at Ziklag, for all came from thence to this brook.
(q) Theatrum Terrae Sanct. p. 133. (r) Hist. 72. Interpret. p. 41.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
came to the brook Besor--now Wady Gaza, a winter torrent, a little to the south of Gaza. The bank of a stream naturally offered a convenient rest to the soldiers, who, through fatigue, were unable to continue the pursuit.
30:1030:10: Եւ պնդեցա՛ւ Դաւիթ չորեքարեւր արամբք. եւ երկերիւր այր մնացին որք նստան յա՛յնկոյս հեղեղատին Բոսորայ։
10 Դաւիթն այդ չորս հարիւր մարդկանցով հետապնդեց թշնամուն, իսկ երկու հարիւր մարդ էլ մնաց նստած Բոսորի հեղեղատի այն կողմը:
10 Եւ Դաւիթ չորս հարիւր մարդով թշնամին հալածեց. (սակայն երկու հարիւր մարդիկը շատ յոգնած ըլլալնուն համար՝ Բոսոր հեղեղատին անդիի կողմը մնացին ու չկրցան անցնիլ։)
Եւ պնդեցաւ Դաւիթ չորեքհարեւր արամբ. եւ երկերիւր այր մնացին` [526]որք նստան յայնկոյս հեղեղատին Բոսորայ:

30:10: Եւ պնդեցա՛ւ Դաւիթ չորեքարեւր արամբք. եւ երկերիւր այր մնացին որք նստան յա՛յնկոյս հեղեղատին Բոսորայ։
10 Դաւիթն այդ չորս հարիւր մարդկանցով հետապնդեց թշնամուն, իսկ երկու հարիւր մարդ էլ մնաց նստած Բոսորի հեղեղատի այն կողմը:
10 Եւ Դաւիթ չորս հարիւր մարդով թշնամին հալածեց. (սակայն երկու հարիւր մարդիկը շատ յոգնած ըլլալնուն համար՝ Բոսոր հեղեղատին անդիի կողմը մնացին ու չկրցան անցնիլ։)
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1030:10 И преследовал Давид сам и четыреста человек; двести же человек остановились, потому что были не в силах перейти поток Восорский.
30:10 καὶ και and; even κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ἐν εν in τετρακοσίοις τετρακοσιοι four hundred ἀνδράσιν ανηρ man; husband ὑπέστησαν υφιστημι though; while διακόσιοι διακοσιοι two hundred ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband οἵτινες οστις who; that ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the χειμάρρου χειμαρρους the Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor
30:10 וַ wa וְ and יִּרְדֹּ֣ף yyirdˈōf רדף pursue דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he וְ wᵊ וְ and אַרְבַּע־ ʔarbaʕ- אַרְבַּע four מֵאֹ֣ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred אִ֑ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ yyˈaʕamᵊḏû עמד stand מָאתַ֣יִם māṯˈayim מֵאָה hundred אִ֔ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] פִּגְּר֔וּ piggᵊrˈû פגר be faint מֵ mē מִן from עֲבֹ֖ר ʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַ֥חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi הַ ha הַ the בְּשֹֽׂור׃ bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor
30:10. persecutus est autem David ipse et quadringenti viri substiterant enim ducenti qui lassi transire non poterant torrentem BesorBut David pursued, he and four hundred men: for two hundred stayed, who, being weary, could not go over the torrent Besor.
10. But David pursued, he and four hundred men: for two hundred stayed behind, which were so faint that they could not go over the brook Besor:
But David pursued, he and four hundred men: for two hundred abode behind, which were so faint that they could not go over the brook Besor:

30:10 И преследовал Давид сам и четыреста человек; двести же человек остановились, потому что были не в силах перейти поток Восорский.
30:10
καὶ και and; even
κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ἐν εν in
τετρακοσίοις τετρακοσιοι four hundred
ἀνδράσιν ανηρ man; husband
ὑπέστησαν υφιστημι though; while
διακόσιοι διακοσιοι two hundred
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
οἵτινες οστις who; that
ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους the
Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor
30:10
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְדֹּ֣ף yyirdˈōf רדף pursue
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַרְבַּע־ ʔarbaʕ- אַרְבַּע four
מֵאֹ֣ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred
אִ֑ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ yyˈaʕamᵊḏû עמד stand
מָאתַ֣יִם māṯˈayim מֵאָה hundred
אִ֔ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
פִּגְּר֔וּ piggᵊrˈû פגר be faint
מֵ מִן from
עֲבֹ֖ר ʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַ֥חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
הַ ha הַ the
בְּשֹֽׂור׃ bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor
30:10. persecutus est autem David ipse et quadringenti viri substiterant enim ducenti qui lassi transire non poterant torrentem Besor
But David pursued, he and four hundred men: for two hundred stayed, who, being weary, could not go over the torrent Besor.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:10: for two hundred: Sa1 30:21
so faint: Sa1 14:20, Sa1 14:31; Jdg 8:4, Jdg 8:5
the brook Besor: This brook or torrent, it is evident from the circumstances of the history, must be in the south-west part of Judea, and must empty itself into the Mediterranean Sea. In the more particular situation of it writers are not agreed. Some suppose it to be between Gaza and Rhinocorura; but Jerome places it between Rhinocorura and Egypt. It is supposed by some to be the same as the river of the wilderness (Amo 6:14), and the river of Egypt, Jos 15:4.
John Gill
But David pursued, he and four hundred men,.... Not discouraged with being obliged to leave a third part of his little army behind; though it was doubtless a trial of his faith, with these to pursue an enemy, whose numbers he knew not, which must greatly exceed his; for after the rout and slaughter of them, as many escaped on camels as David had with him, 1Kings 30:17,
for two hundred abode behind, which were so faint; through their grief and sorrow for the loss of their wives and children, and through their march from the camp of the Philistines to Ziklag, and from thence hither, that they looked like a corpse, as the word signifies; Procopius Gazaeus has it only seventy men:
so that they could not go over the brook Besor: being so weak and feeble; for this was not owing to fear of their enemies, and faint heartedness on that account, then it would rather have been said, "they would not go over"; the Targum renders the word "faint" by "restrained" or prohibited, as if they were forbid by David to go over, but were ordered to tarry here by the stuff, while the rest pursued; and, according to the Syriac and Arabic versions, they were placed there, that none might go over the brook; and it seems, by 1Kings 30:22, that they had a good will to go over, but were made to abide there; or as all Gideon's army, but three hundred, were sent back, and not suffered to go with him, being too many, Judg 7:2.
John Wesley
Four hundred - A small number for such an attempt: but David was strong in faith, giving God the glory of his power and faithfulness.
30:1130:11: Եւ գտին այր մի Եգիպտացի յանդին եւ կալան զնա, եւ ածին առ Դաւիթ յանդն. եւ ետուն նմա հաց եւ կերաւ, եւ արբուցին նմա ջուր.
11 Նրանք դաշտում մի եգիպտացու գտան, բռնեցին ու բերեցին դաշտ, Դաւթի մօտ: Նրան հաց տուեցին, ու նա կերաւ, ջուր խմեցրին, տուին նրան մի կտոր չոր թուզ, երկու ողկոյզ չամիչ:
11 Դաշտին մէջ Եգիպտացի մը գտան եւ զանիկա Դաւիթին բերին։ Անոր հաց տուին ու կերաւ, անոր ջուր խմցուցին
Եւ գտին այր մի Եգիպտացի յանդին եւ կալան զնա, եւ ածին առ Դաւիթ [527]յանդն. եւ ետուն նմա հաց եւ կերաւ, եւ արբուցին նմա ջուր:

30:11: Եւ գտին այր մի Եգիպտացի յանդին եւ կալան զնա, եւ ածին առ Դաւիթ յանդն. եւ ետուն նմա հաց եւ կերաւ, եւ արբուցին նմա ջուր.
11 Նրանք դաշտում մի եգիպտացու գտան, բռնեցին ու բերեցին դաշտ, Դաւթի մօտ: Նրան հաց տուեցին, ու նա կերաւ, ջուր խմեցրին, տուին նրան մի կտոր չոր թուզ, երկու ողկոյզ չամիչ:
11 Դաշտին մէջ Եգիպտացի մը գտան եւ զանիկա Դաւիթին բերին։ Անոր հաց տուին ու կերաւ, անոր ջուր խմցուցին
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1130:11 И нашли Египтянина в поле, и привели его к Давиду, и дали ему хлеба, и он ел, и напоили его водою;
30:11 καὶ και and; even εὑρίσκουσιν ευρισκω find ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband Αἰγύπτιον αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐν εν in ἀγρῷ αγρος field καὶ και and; even λαμβάνουσιν λαμβανω take; get αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἄγουσιν αγω lead; pass αὐτὸν αυτος he; him πρὸς προς to; toward Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐν εν in ἀγρῷ αγρος field καὶ και and; even διδόασιν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ἄρτον αρτος bread; loaves καὶ και and; even ἔφαγεν φαγω swallow; eat καὶ και and; even ἐπότισαν ποτιζω give a drink; water αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ὕδωρ υδωρ water
30:11 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּמְצְא֤וּ yyimṣᵊʔˈû מצא find אִישׁ־ ʔîš- אִישׁ man מִצְרִי֙ miṣrˌî מִצְרִי Egyptian בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׂדֶ֔ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field וַ wa וְ and יִּקְח֥וּ yyiqḥˌû לקח take אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to דָּוִ֑ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וַ wa וְ and יִּתְּנוּ־ yyittᵊnû- נתן give לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to לֶ֨חֶם֙ lˈeḥem לֶחֶם bread וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֔אכַל yyˈōḵal אכל eat וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁקֻ֖הוּ yyašqˌuhû שׁקה give drink מָֽיִם׃ mˈāyim מַיִם water
30:11. et invenerunt virum aegyptium in agro et adduxerunt eum ad David dederuntque ei panem ut comederet et ut biberet aquamAnd they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David: and they gave him bread to eat, and water to drink,
11. And they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David, and gave him bread, and he did eat; and they gave him water to drink:
And they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David, and gave him bread, and he did eat; and they made him drink water:

30:11 И нашли Египтянина в поле, и привели его к Давиду, и дали ему хлеба, и он ел, и напоили его водою;
30:11
καὶ και and; even
εὑρίσκουσιν ευρισκω find
ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband
Αἰγύπτιον αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐν εν in
ἀγρῷ αγρος field
καὶ και and; even
λαμβάνουσιν λαμβανω take; get
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἄγουσιν αγω lead; pass
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
πρὸς προς to; toward
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐν εν in
ἀγρῷ αγρος field
καὶ και and; even
διδόασιν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ἄρτον αρτος bread; loaves
καὶ και and; even
ἔφαγεν φαγω swallow; eat
καὶ και and; even
ἐπότισαν ποτιζω give a drink; water
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
30:11
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּמְצְא֤וּ yyimṣᵊʔˈû מצא find
אִישׁ־ ʔîš- אִישׁ man
מִצְרִי֙ miṣrˌî מִצְרִי Egyptian
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֔ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְח֥וּ yyiqḥˌû לקח take
אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
דָּוִ֑ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְּנוּ־ yyittᵊnû- נתן give
לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to
לֶ֨חֶם֙ lˈeḥem לֶחֶם bread
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֔אכַל yyˈōḵal אכל eat
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁקֻ֖הוּ yyašqˌuhû שׁקה give drink
מָֽיִם׃ mˈāyim מַיִם water
30:11. et invenerunt virum aegyptium in agro et adduxerunt eum ad David dederuntque ei panem ut comederet et ut biberet aquam
And they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David: and they gave him bread to eat, and water to drink,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:11: gave him: Deu 15:7-11, Deu 23:7; Pro 25:21; Mat 25:35; Luk 10:36, Luk 10:37; Rom 12:20, Rom 12:21
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

On their further march they found an Egyptian lying exhausted upon the field; and having brought him to David, they gave him food and drink, namely "a slice of fig-cake (cf. 1Kings 25:18), and raisin-cakes to eat; whereupon his spirit of life returned (i.e., he came to himself again), as he had neither eaten bread nor drunk water for three days."
Geneva 1599
And they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David, and gave him (f) bread, and he did eat; and they made him drink water;
(f) God by his providence both provides for the needs of the poor stranger, and made him a guide to David to accomplish his enterprise.
John Gill
And they found an Egyptian in the field,.... As they passed along, lying there, having been sick, and was half starved, almost dead:
and brought him to David; to know what was to be done with him; being in the habit of a soldier, they concluded he might be one of the company they were in pursuit of; but whether they should kill him, or make use of him for intelligence and as a guide, could they bring him to himself, they knew not, and therefore brought him to David:
and gave him bread, and he did eat, and they made him drink water; both which they had with them for their own use; had he been an Amalekite, and not an Egyptian, they might not have relieved or spared him, but must have destroyed him at once; see Deut 25:19.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
they found an Egyptian in the field, and brought him to David--Old and homeborn slaves are usually treated with great kindness. But a purchased or captured slave must look to himself; for, if feeble or sick, his master will leave him to perish rather than encumber himself with any additional burden. This Egyptian seems to have recently fallen into the hands of an Amalekite, and his master having belonged to the marauding party that had made the attack on Ziklag, he could give useful information as to the course taken by them on their return.
30:1230:12: եւ ետուն նմա կոտոր մի պաղատտաց, եւ երկուս չամչեայս՝ եւ կերա՛ւ. եւ հաստատեցա՛ւ այնու ոգի նորա. քանզի չէ՛ր կերեալ հաց, եւ ո՛չ արբեալ ջուր զերիս տիւս եւ զերիս գիշերս։
12 Նա կերաւ եւ ուժ առաւ, քանզի երեք օր ու երեք գիշեր ո՛չ հաց էր կերել, ո՛չ ջուր խմել:
12 Եւ անոր քիչ մը չոր թուզ ու երկու ողկոյզ չամիչ տուին, որ կերաւ ու ոգին վրան եկաւ. քանզի երեք օր ու երեք գիշեր հաց չէր կերած ու ջուր չէր խմած։
եւ ետուն նմա կոտոր մի պաղատտաց եւ երկուս չամչեայս, եւ կերաւ, եւ հաստատեցաւ այնու ոգի նորա. քանզի չէր կերեալ հաց եւ ոչ արբեալ ջուր զերիս տիւս եւ զերիս գիշերս:

30:12: եւ ետուն նմա կոտոր մի պաղատտաց, եւ երկուս չամչեայս՝ եւ կերա՛ւ. եւ հաստատեցա՛ւ այնու ոգի նորա. քանզի չէ՛ր կերեալ հաց, եւ ո՛չ արբեալ ջուր զերիս տիւս եւ զերիս գիշերս։
12 Նա կերաւ եւ ուժ առաւ, քանզի երեք օր ու երեք գիշեր ո՛չ հաց էր կերել, ո՛չ ջուր խմել:
12 Եւ անոր քիչ մը չոր թուզ ու երկու ողկոյզ չամիչ տուին, որ կերաւ ու ոգին վրան եկաւ. քանզի երեք օր ու երեք գիշեր հաց չէր կերած ու ջուր չէր խմած։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1230:12 и дали ему часть связки смокв и две связки изюму, и он ел и укрепился, ибо он не ел хлеба и не пил воды три дня и три ночи.
30:12 καὶ και and; even διδόασιν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῷ αυτος he; him κλάσμα κλασμα piece παλάθης παλαθης and; even ἔφαγεν φαγω swallow; eat καὶ και and; even κατέστη καθιστημι establish; appoint τὸ ο the πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that οὐ ου not βεβρώκει βιβρωσκω eat ἄρτον αρτος bread; loaves καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not πεπώκει πινω drink ὕδωρ υδωρ water τρεῖς τρεις three ἡμέρας ημερα day καὶ και and; even τρεῖς τρεις three νύκτας νυξ night
30:12 וַ wa וְ and יִּתְּנוּ־ yyittᵊnû- נתן give לֹו֩ lˌô לְ to פֶ֨לַח fˌelaḥ פֶּלַח slice דְּבֵלָ֜ה dᵊvēlˈā דְּבֵלָה fig cake וּ û וְ and שְׁנֵ֤י šᵊnˈê שְׁנַיִם two צִמֻּקִים֙ ṣimmuqîm צִמּוּקִים cakes וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֔אכַל yyˈōḵal אכל eat וַ wa וְ and תָּ֥שָׁב ttˌāšov שׁוב return רוּחֹ֖ו rûḥˌô רוּחַ wind אֵלָ֑יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אָ֤כַל ʔˈāḵal אכל eat לֶ֨חֶם֙ lˈeḥem לֶחֶם bread וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not שָׁ֣תָה šˈāṯā שׁתה drink מַ֔יִם mˈayim מַיִם water שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day וּ û וְ and שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three לֵילֹֽות׃ ס lêlˈôṯ . s לַיְלָה night
30:12. sed et fragmen massae caricarum et duas ligaturas uvae passae quae cum comedisset reversus est spiritus eius et refocilatus est non enim comederat panem neque biberat aquam tribus diebus et tribus noctibusAs also a piece of a cake of figs, and two bunches of raisins. And when he had eaten them, his spirit returned, and he was refreshed: for he had not eaten bread, nor drunk water, three days and three nights.
12. And they gave him a piece of a cake of figs, and two clusters of raisins; and when he had eaten, his spirit came again to him: for he had eaten no bread, nor drunk any water, three days and three nights.
And they gave him a piece of a cake of figs, and two clusters of raisins: and when he had eaten, his spirit came again to him: for he had eaten no bread, nor drunk [any] water, three days and three nights:

30:12 и дали ему часть связки смокв и две связки изюму, и он ел и укрепился, ибо он не ел хлеба и не пил воды три дня и три ночи.
30:12
καὶ και and; even
διδόασιν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
κλάσμα κλασμα piece
παλάθης παλαθης and; even
ἔφαγεν φαγω swallow; eat
καὶ και and; even
κατέστη καθιστημι establish; appoint
τὸ ο the
πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐ ου not
βεβρώκει βιβρωσκω eat
ἄρτον αρτος bread; loaves
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
πεπώκει πινω drink
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
τρεῖς τρεις three
ἡμέρας ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
τρεῖς τρεις three
νύκτας νυξ night
30:12
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְּנוּ־ yyittᵊnû- נתן give
לֹו֩ lˌô לְ to
פֶ֨לַח fˌelaḥ פֶּלַח slice
דְּבֵלָ֜ה dᵊvēlˈā דְּבֵלָה fig cake
וּ û וְ and
שְׁנֵ֤י šᵊnˈê שְׁנַיִם two
צִמֻּקִים֙ ṣimmuqîm צִמּוּקִים cakes
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֔אכַל yyˈōḵal אכל eat
וַ wa וְ and
תָּ֥שָׁב ttˌāšov שׁוב return
רוּחֹ֖ו rûḥˌô רוּחַ wind
אֵלָ֑יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אָ֤כַל ʔˈāḵal אכל eat
לֶ֨חֶם֙ lˈeḥem לֶחֶם bread
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
שָׁ֣תָה šˈāṯā שׁתה drink
מַ֔יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three
יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day
וּ û וְ and
שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three
לֵילֹֽות׃ ס lêlˈôṯ . s לַיְלָה night
30:12. sed et fragmen massae caricarum et duas ligaturas uvae passae quae cum comedisset reversus est spiritus eius et refocilatus est non enim comederat panem neque biberat aquam tribus diebus et tribus noctibus
As also a piece of a cake of figs, and two bunches of raisins. And when he had eaten them, his spirit returned, and he was refreshed: for he had not eaten bread, nor drunk water, three days and three nights.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:12: A cake of figs - See on Sa1 25:18 (note).
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:13
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:12: Three days and three nights - Indicating that at least so long a time had elapsed since the sack of Ziklag.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:12: his spirit: Sa1 14:27; Jdg 15:19; Isa 40:29-31
three days: Sa1 30:13; Est 4:16; Jon 1:17; Mat 27:63
John Gill
And they gave him a piece of cake of figs,.... That were dried and pressed together, and made into cakes:
and two clusters of raisins; or dried grapes, as the Targum:
and when he had eaten, his spirit came again to him; he seemed to be quite dispirited, almost lifeless, but upon eating some food he was refreshed, and his spirits revived, and he was capable of conversing:
for he had eaten no bread, nor drank any water, three days and three nights; that is, one whole day, and part of two days, as appears from 1Kings 30:13.
John Wesley
Three days and nights - One whole day and part of two others, as appears from the next verse, where he saith, three days ago I fell sick, but in the Hebrew it is, this is the third day since I fell sick.
30:1330:13: Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Ո՞յր ես դու, եւ ուստի՞ ես։ Եւ ասէ պատանեակն. Եգիպտացի՛ եմ ես ծառայ առն Ամաղեկացւոյ, եւ եթող զիս տէր իմ. զի նքողեցայ ես այս երրո՛րդ օր.
13 Դաւիթը ասաց. «Դու ո՞ւմ մարդն ես, որտեղի՞ց ես»: Պատանեակն ասաց. «Ես եգիպտացի եմ, մի ամաղէկացու ծառայ: Տէրս ինձ լքեց, քանզի երրորդ օրն է, որ հիւանդ եմ:
13 Դաւիթ անոր ըսաւ. «Դուն որո՞ւն մարդն ես եւ ուրկէ՞ ես»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Ես Եգիպտացի պատանի մըն եմ ու Ամաղեկացի մարդու մը ծառան։ Երեք օր է, որ հիւանդ ըլլալուս համար իմ տէրս զիս հոս թողուց։
Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Ո՞յր ես դու, եւ ուստի՞ ես: Եւ ասէ պատանեակն. Եգիպտացի եմ ես ծառայ առն Ամաղեկացւոյ, եւ եթող զիս տէր իմ. զի նքողեցայ ես այս երրորդ օր:

30:13: Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Ո՞յր ես դու, եւ ուստի՞ ես։ Եւ ասէ պատանեակն. Եգիպտացի՛ եմ ես ծառայ առն Ամաղեկացւոյ, եւ եթող զիս տէր իմ. զի նքողեցայ ես այս երրո՛րդ օր.
13 Դաւիթը ասաց. «Դու ո՞ւմ մարդն ես, որտեղի՞ց ես»: Պատանեակն ասաց. «Ես եգիպտացի եմ, մի ամաղէկացու ծառայ: Տէրս ինձ լքեց, քանզի երրորդ օրն է, որ հիւանդ եմ:
13 Դաւիթ անոր ըսաւ. «Դուն որո՞ւն մարդն ես եւ ուրկէ՞ ես»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Ես Եգիպտացի պատանի մըն եմ ու Ամաղեկացի մարդու մը ծառան։ Երեք օր է, որ հիւանդ ըլլալուս համար իմ տէրս զիս հոս թողուց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1330:13 И сказал ему Давид: чей ты и откуда ты? И сказал он: я~--- отрок Египтянина, раб одного Амаликитянина, и бросил меня господин мой, ибо уже три дня, как я заболел;
30:13 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak αὐτῷ αυτος he; him Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith τίνος τις.1 who?; what? σὺ συ you εἶ ειμι be καὶ και and; even πόθεν ποθεν from where; how can be εἶ ειμι be καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak τὸ ο the παιδάριον παιδαριον little boy τὸ ο the Αἰγύπτιον αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be δοῦλος δουλος subject ἀνδρὸς ανηρ man; husband Αμαληκίτου αμαληκιτης and; even κατέλιπέν καταλειπω leave behind; remain με με me ὁ ο the κύριός κυριος lord; master μου μου of me; mine ὅτι οτι since; that ἠνωχλήθην ενοχλεω annoy; unwell ἐγὼ εγω I σήμερον σημερον today; present τριταῖος τριταιος on the third day
30:13 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say לֹ֤ו lˈô לְ to דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David לְֽ lᵊˈ לְ to מִי־ mî- מִי who אַ֔תָּה ʔˈattā אַתָּה you וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥י ʔˌê אֵי where מִ mi מִן from זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this אָ֑תָּה ʔˈāttā אַתָּה you וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֜אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say נַ֧עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy מִצְרִ֣י miṣrˈî מִצְרִי Egyptian אָנֹ֗כִי ʔānˈōḵî אָנֹכִי i עֶ֚בֶד ˈʕeveḏ עֶבֶד servant לְ lᵊ לְ to אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man עֲמָֽלֵקִ֔י ʕᵃmˈālēqˈî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite וַ wa וְ and יַּעַזְבֵ֧נִי yyaʕazᵊvˈēnî עזב leave אֲדֹנִ֛י ʔᵃḏōnˈî אָדֹון lord כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that חָלִ֖יתִי ḥālˌîṯî חלה become weak הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ šᵊlōšˈā שָׁלֹשׁ three
30:13. dixit itaque ei David cuius es tu vel unde quo pergis qui ait ei puer aegyptius ego sum servus viri amalechitae dereliquit autem me dominus meus quia aegrotare coepi nudius tertiusAnd David said to him: To whom dost thou belong; or whence dost thou come? and whither art thou going? He said: I am a young man of Egypt, the servant of an Amalecite: and my master left me, because I began to be sick three days ago.
13. And David said unto him, To whom belongest thou? and whence art thou? And he said, I am a young man of Egypt, servant to an Amalekite; and my master left me, because three days agone I fell sick.
And David said unto him, To whom [belongest] thou? and whence [art] thou? And he said, I [am] a young man of Egypt, servant to an Amalekite; and my master left me, because three days agone I fell sick:

30:13 И сказал ему Давид: чей ты и откуда ты? И сказал он: я~--- отрок Египтянина, раб одного Амаликитянина, и бросил меня господин мой, ибо уже три дня, как я заболел;
30:13
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
σὺ συ you
εἶ ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
πόθεν ποθεν from where; how can be
εἶ ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
τὸ ο the
παιδάριον παιδαριον little boy
τὸ ο the
Αἰγύπτιον αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
δοῦλος δουλος subject
ἀνδρὸς ανηρ man; husband
Αμαληκίτου αμαληκιτης and; even
κατέλιπέν καταλειπω leave behind; remain
με με me
ο the
κύριός κυριος lord; master
μου μου of me; mine
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἠνωχλήθην ενοχλεω annoy; unwell
ἐγὼ εγω I
σήμερον σημερον today; present
τριταῖος τριταιος on the third day
30:13
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
לֹ֤ו lˈô לְ to
דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
לְֽ lᵊˈ לְ to
מִי־ mî- מִי who
אַ֔תָּה ʔˈattā אַתָּה you
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥י ʔˌê אֵי where
מִ mi מִן from
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
אָ֑תָּה ʔˈāttā אַתָּה you
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֜אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
נַ֧עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy
מִצְרִ֣י miṣrˈî מִצְרִי Egyptian
אָנֹ֗כִי ʔānˈōḵî אָנֹכִי i
עֶ֚בֶד ˈʕeveḏ עֶבֶד servant
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
עֲמָֽלֵקִ֔י ʕᵃmˈālēqˈî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעַזְבֵ֧נִי yyaʕazᵊvˈēnî עזב leave
אֲדֹנִ֛י ʔᵃḏōnˈî אָדֹון lord
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
חָלִ֖יתִי ḥālˌîṯî חלה become weak
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ šᵊlōšˈā שָׁלֹשׁ three
30:13. dixit itaque ei David cuius es tu vel unde quo pergis qui ait ei puer aegyptius ego sum servus viri amalechitae dereliquit autem me dominus meus quia aegrotare coepi nudius tertius
And David said to him: To whom dost thou belong; or whence dost thou come? and whither art thou going? He said: I am a young man of Egypt, the servant of an Amalecite: and my master left me, because I began to be sick three days ago.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:13: My master left me, because three days agone I fell sick - This was very inhuman: though they had booty enough, and no doubt asses sufficient to carry the invalids, yet they left this poor man to perish; and God visited it upon them, as he made this very person the means of their destruction, by the information which he was enabled to give to David and his men.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:14
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:13: my master: Though they had booty enough, and this poor sick slave might have been carried on an ass or a camel, yet they inhumanely left him to perish; but, in the righteous providence of God, this cruelty was the occasion of their destruction; whilst David's kindness to a perishing stranger and slave was the means of his success, and proved the truest policy. Job 31:13-15; Pro 12:10; Jam 2:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

When David asked him whence he had come (to whom, i.e., to what people or tribe, dost thou belong?), the young man said that he was an Egyptian, and servant of an Amalekite, and that he had been left behind by his master when he fell sick three days before ("to-day three," sc., days): he also said, "We invaded the south of the Crethites, and what belongs to Judah, and the south of Caleb, and burned Ziklag with fire." הכּרתי, identical with כּרתים (Ezek 25:16; Zeph 2:5), denotes those tribes of the Philistines who dwelt in the south-west of Canaan, and is used by Ezekiel and Zephaniah as synonymous with Philistim. The origin of the name is involved in obscurity, as the explanation which prevailed for a time, viz., that it was derived from Creta, is without sufficient foundation (vid., Stark, Gaza, pp. 66 and 99ff.). The Negeb "belonging to Judah" is the eastern portion of the Negeb. One part of it belonged to the family of Caleb, and was called Caleb's Negeb (vid., 1Kings 25:3).
John Gill
And David said unto him, to whom belongest thou?.... To what country or people? and to whom among them?
and whence art thou? of what nation? where wast thou born? what countryman art thou? for his being called an Egyptian before seems to be by anticipation, unless it was guessed at by his habit; for until he had eaten and drank he could not speak, and so could not be known by his speech:
for he said, I am a young man of Egypt; that was the country he belonged to, and came from; he was an Egyptian by birth:
servant to an Amalekite; one of those that had invaded the country, and burnt Ziklag, as it follows:
and my master left me, because three days agone I fell sick; which was very barbarous and cruel to leave him at all, when they had camels with them, 1Kings 30:17; and no doubt carriages for their arms, provision, and spoil, and men; and more so to leave him without anybody with him to take care of him, and without any food, when he capable of eating any; but so it was ordered by the providence of God, that should be left to be the instrument of the just ruin of his master, and of the whole troop.
John Wesley
Egypt - God by his providence so ordering it, that he was not one of that cursed race of the Amalekites, who were to be utterly destroyed, but an Egyptian, who might be spared. Left me - In this place and condition: which was barbarous inhumanity: for he ought, and easily might have carried him away with the prey which they had taken. But he paid dear for this cruelty, for this was the occasion of the ruin of him and all their company. And God by his secret providence ordered the matter thus for that very end. So that there is no fighting against God, who can make the smallest accidents serviceable to the production of the greatest effects.
30:1430:14: եւ մեք ասպատակեցաք ՚ի կողմանս հարաւոյ Քերեթայ, եւ ՚ի կողմանս Հրէաստանի, եւ ՚ի հարաւակողմ Քաղեբայ, եւ զՍիկիլակ այրեցա՛ք հրով[3137]։ [3137] Ոմանք. Հարաւոյ Քերեթեայ։
14 Մենք ասպատակեցինք Քերեթի հարաւային կողմերը, Հրէաստանի կողմերը եւ Քաղէբի հարաւակողմը, իսկ Սիկեղակը հրի մատնեցինք»:
14 Մենք Քերեթի հարաւային կողմը՝ Յուդայի կողմերը ու Քաղէբի հարաւային կողմերը յարձակեցանք ու Սիկելակը կրակով այրեցինք»։
եւ մեք ասպատակեցաք ի կողմանս հարաւոյ Քերեթեայ, եւ ի կողմանս Հրէաստանի, եւ ի հարաւակողմ Քաղեբայ, եւ զՍիկեղակ այրեցաք հրով:

30:14: եւ մեք ասպատակեցաք ՚ի կողմանս հարաւոյ Քերեթայ, եւ ՚ի կողմանս Հրէաստանի, եւ ՚ի հարաւակողմ Քաղեբայ, եւ զՍիկիլակ այրեցա՛ք հրով[3137]։
[3137] Ոմանք. Հարաւոյ Քերեթեայ։
14 Մենք ասպատակեցինք Քերեթի հարաւային կողմերը, Հրէաստանի կողմերը եւ Քաղէբի հարաւակողմը, իսկ Սիկեղակը հրի մատնեցինք»:
14 Մենք Քերեթի հարաւային կողմը՝ Յուդայի կողմերը ու Քաղէբի հարաւային կողմերը յարձակեցանք ու Սիկելակը կրակով այրեցինք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1430:14 мы вторгались в полуденную часть Керети и в область Иудину и в полуденную часть Халева, а Секелаг сожгли огнем.
30:14 καὶ και and; even ἡμεῖς ημεις we ἐπεθέμεθα επιτιθημι put on; put another ἐπὶ επι in; on νότον νοτος south wind τοῦ ο the Χολθι χολθι and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the τῆς ο the Ιουδαίας ιουδαια Ioudaia; Iuthea μέρη μερος part; in particular καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on νότον νοτος south wind Χελουβ χελουβ and; even τὴν ο the Σεκελακ σεκελακ in πυρί πυρ fire
30:14 אֲנַ֡חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we פָּשַׁ֜טְנוּ pāšˈaṭnû פשׁט strip off נֶ֧גֶב nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south הַ ha הַ the כְּרֵתִ֛י kkᵊrēṯˈî כְּרֵתִי Cherethite וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לִֽ lˈi לְ to יהוּדָ֖ה yhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon נֶ֣גֶב nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south כָּלֵ֑ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] צִקְלַ֖ג ṣiqlˌaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag שָׂרַ֥פְנוּ śārˌafnû שׂרף burn בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
30:14. siquidem nos erupimus ad australem partem Cerethi et contra Iudam et ad meridiem Chaleb et Siceleg succendimus igniFor we made an invasion on the south side of Cerethi, and upon Juda, and upon the south of Caleb, and we burnt Siceleg with fire.
14. We made a raid upon the South of the Cherethites, and upon that which belongeth to Judah, and upon the South of Caleb; and we burned Ziklag with fire.
We made an invasion [upon] the south of the Cherethites, and upon [the coast] which [belongeth] to Judah, and upon the south of Caleb; and we burned Ziklag with fire:

30:14 мы вторгались в полуденную часть Керети и в область Иудину и в полуденную часть Халева, а Секелаг сожгли огнем.
30:14
καὶ και and; even
ἡμεῖς ημεις we
ἐπεθέμεθα επιτιθημι put on; put another
ἐπὶ επι in; on
νότον νοτος south wind
τοῦ ο the
Χολθι χολθι and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
τῆς ο the
Ιουδαίας ιουδαια Ioudaia; Iuthea
μέρη μερος part; in particular
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
νότον νοτος south wind
Χελουβ χελουβ and; even
τὴν ο the
Σεκελακ σεκελακ in
πυρί πυρ fire
30:14
אֲנַ֡חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we
פָּשַׁ֜טְנוּ pāšˈaṭnû פשׁט strip off
נֶ֧גֶב nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
הַ ha הַ the
כְּרֵתִ֛י kkᵊrēṯˈî כְּרֵתִי Cherethite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לִֽ lˈi לְ to
יהוּדָ֖ה yhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
נֶ֣גֶב nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
כָּלֵ֑ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
צִקְלַ֖ג ṣiqlˌaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag
שָׂרַ֥פְנוּ śārˌafnû שׂרף burn
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
30:14. siquidem nos erupimus ad australem partem Cerethi et contra Iudam et ad meridiem Chaleb et Siceleg succendimus igni
For we made an invasion on the south side of Cerethi, and upon Juda, and upon the south of Caleb, and we burnt Siceleg with fire.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: Керети - название земли филистимлян.

Часть Xалева - местность около Xеврона.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:14: Upon the south of the Cherethites - Calmet and others maintain, that the כרתי kerethi, which, without the points, might be read Creti, were not only at this time Philistines, but that they were aborigines of Crete, from which they had their name Cherethites or Cretans, and are those of whom Zephaniah speaks, Zep 2:5 : Wo to the inhabitants of the sea-coasts, the nation of the Cherethites. And by Ezekiel, Eze 25:16 : Behold, I will stretch out mine hand upon the Philistines, and will cut off the Cherethim. In Sa2 15:18 we find that the Cherethites formed a part of David's guards.
South of Caleb - Somewhere about Kirjath-arba, or Hebron, and Kirjath-sepher; these being in the possession of Caleb and his descendants.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:15
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:14: The Cherethites - Here used as synonymous with Philistines Sa1 30:16. In David's reign the body-guard commanded by Benaiah consisted of Cherethites and Pelethites (Philistines?) and a picked corps of six hundred men of Gath commanded by Ittai the Gittite. It would seem from this that the Cherethites and Philistines were two kindred and associated tribes, like Angles and Saxons, who took possession of the seacoast of Palestine. The Philistines, being the more powerful, gave their name to the country and the nation in general, though that of the Cherethites was not wholly extinguished. Many persons connect the name Cherethite with that of the island of Crete.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:14: the Cherethites: Calmet and others suppose that these people, who inhabited the same district as the Philistines, were the aborigines of the island of Crete, from which they derived their name. Sa1 30:16; Sa2 8:18; Kg1 1:38, Kg1 1:44; Ch1 18:17; Eze 25:16; Zep 2:5
Caleb: A district in the south of Judea, in which were the cities of Kirjath-Arba or Hebron, and Kirjath-sepher, belonging to the family of Caleb. Jos 14:13, Jos 15:13
we burned: Sa1 30:1-3
John Gill
We made an invasion upon the south of the Cherethites,.... The Philistines so called, or at least one nation of them, such that dwelt to the south of the land, 1Kings 30:16; See Gill on Zeph 2:5,
and upon the coast which belongeth to Judah; the south of Judah, where David pretended he had been, and had spoiled, and which was now actually done by the Amalekites, 1Kings 27:10,
and upon the south of Caleb; that part of the tribe of Judah which belonged to Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and his posterity, and which was the southern part of it, Josh 15:19,
and we burnt Ziklag with fire; and then departed.
John Wesley
Cherethites - That is, the Philistines. Caleb - This is added by way of explication: that part of the south of Judah which belongs to Caleb's posterity.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
the Cherethites--that is, the Philistines (Ezek 25:16; Zeph 2:5).
30:1530:15: Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Եթէ իջուցանիցե՞ս զիս ՚ի գեդդուրն յայն։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Եգիպտացին. Երդո՛ւիր ինձ եթէ ո՛չ սպանցես զիս, եւ ո՛չ մատնեսցես զիս ՚ի ձեռս տեառն իմոյ, եւ իջուցից զքեզ ՚ի գեդդուրն։ Եւ երդուաւ նմա[3138]. [3138] Ոսկան. Երդուիր ինձ զի մի՛ սպան՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ տացես զիս ՚ի ձեռս։
15 Դաւիթն ասաց նրան. «Ինձ այդ ելուզակների մօտ կ’առաջնորդե՞ս»: Եգիպտացին ասաց նրան. «Երդուի՛ր, որ ինձ չես սպանի, չես յանձնի իմ տիրոջ ձեռքը, եւ ես քեզ ելուզակների մօտ կ’առաջնորդեմ»: Նա երդուեց նրան:
15 Դաւիթ անոր ըսաւ. «Զիս այն գունդին կրնա՞ս հասցնել»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Դուն ինծի Աստուծմով երդում ըրէ, որ զիս պիտի չմեռցնես ու զիս իմ տիրոջս ձեռքը պիտի չտաս, ես ալ քեզ այն գունդին կը հասցնեմ»։
Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Եթէ իջուցանիցե՞ս զիս [528]ի գեդդուրն յայն: Եւ ասէ ցնա Եգիպտացին. Երդուիր ինձ[529] եթէ ոչ սպանցես զիս, եւ ոչ մատնեսցես զիս ի ձեռս տեառն իմոյ, եւ իջուցից զքեզ [530]ի գեդդուրն: [531]Եւ երդուաւ նմա:

30:15: Եւ ասէ ցնա Դաւիթ. Եթէ իջուցանիցե՞ս զիս ՚ի գեդդուրն յայն։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Եգիպտացին. Երդո՛ւիր ինձ եթէ ո՛չ սպանցես զիս, եւ ո՛չ մատնեսցես զիս ՚ի ձեռս տեառն իմոյ, եւ իջուցից զքեզ ՚ի գեդդուրն։ Եւ երդուաւ նմա[3138].
[3138] Ոսկան. Երդուիր ինձ զի մի՛ սպան՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ տացես զիս ՚ի ձեռս։
15 Դաւիթն ասաց նրան. «Ինձ այդ ելուզակների մօտ կ’առաջնորդե՞ս»: Եգիպտացին ասաց նրան. «Երդուի՛ր, որ ինձ չես սպանի, չես յանձնի իմ տիրոջ ձեռքը, եւ ես քեզ ելուզակների մօտ կ’առաջնորդեմ»: Նա երդուեց նրան:
15 Դաւիթ անոր ըսաւ. «Զիս այն գունդին կրնա՞ս հասցնել»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Դուն ինծի Աստուծմով երդում ըրէ, որ զիս պիտի չմեռցնես ու զիս իմ տիրոջս ձեռքը պիտի չտաս, ես ալ քեզ այն գունդին կը հասցնեմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1530:15 И сказал ему Давид: доведешь ли меня до этого полчища? И сказал он: поклянись мне Богом, что ты не умертвишь меня и не предашь меня в руки господина моего, и я доведу тебя до этого полчища.
30:15 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτὸν αυτος he; him Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith εἰ ει if; whether κατάξεις καταγω lead down; draw up με με me ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸ ο the γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak ὄμοσον ομνυω swear δή δη in fact μοι μοι me κατὰ κατα down; by τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God μὴ μη not θανατώσειν θανατοω put to death με με me καὶ και and; even μὴ μη not παραδοῦναί παραδιδωμι betray; give over με με me εἰς εις into; for χεῖρας χειρ hand τοῦ ο the κυρίου κυριος lord; master μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even κατάξω καταγω lead down; draw up σε σε.1 you ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸ ο the γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he
30:15 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say אֵלָיו֙ ʔēlāʸw אֶל to דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] תֹורִדֵ֖נִי ṯôriḏˌēnî ירד descend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the גְּד֣וּד ggᵊḏˈûḏ גְּדוּד band הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֡אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say הִשָּׁבְעָה֩ hiššovʕˌā שׁבע swear לִּ֨י llˌî לְ to בֵֽ vˈē בְּ in אלֹהִ֜ים ʔlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) אִם־ ʔim- אִם if תְּמִיתֵ֗נִי tᵊmîṯˈēnî מות die וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if תַּסְגִּרֵ֨נִי֙ tasgirˈēnî סגר close בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand אֲדֹנִ֔י ʔᵃḏōnˈî אָדֹון lord וְ wᵊ וְ and אֹורִֽדְךָ֖ ʔôrˈiḏᵊḵˌā ירד descend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the גְּד֥וּד ggᵊḏˌûḏ גְּדוּד band הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
30:15. dixitque ei David potes me ducere ad istum cuneum qui ait iura mihi per Deum quod non occidas me et non tradas me in manu domini mei et ducam te ad cuneum istumAnd David said to him: Canst thou bring me to this company? and he said: Swear to me by God, that thou wilt not kill me, nor deliver me into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee to this company. And David swore to him.
15. And David said to him, Wilt thou bring me down to this troop? And he said, Swear unto me by God, that thou wilt neither kill me, nor deliver me up into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee down to this troop.
And David said to him, Canst thou bring me down to this company? And he said, Swear unto me by God, that thou wilt neither kill me, nor deliver me into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee down to this company:

30:15 И сказал ему Давид: доведешь ли меня до этого полчища? И сказал он: поклянись мне Богом, что ты не умертвишь меня и не предашь меня в руки господина моего, и я доведу тебя до этого полчища.
30:15
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
εἰ ει if; whether
κατάξεις καταγω lead down; draw up
με με me
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸ ο the
γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
ὄμοσον ομνυω swear
δή δη in fact
μοι μοι me
κατὰ κατα down; by
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
μὴ μη not
θανατώσειν θανατοω put to death
με με me
καὶ και and; even
μὴ μη not
παραδοῦναί παραδιδωμι betray; give over
με με me
εἰς εις into; for
χεῖρας χειρ hand
τοῦ ο the
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
κατάξω καταγω lead down; draw up
σε σε.1 you
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸ ο the
γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 this; he
30:15
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
אֵלָיו֙ ʔēlāʸw אֶל to
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
תֹורִדֵ֖נִי ṯôriḏˌēnî ירד descend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
גְּד֣וּד ggᵊḏˈûḏ גְּדוּד band
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֡אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
הִשָּׁבְעָה֩ hiššovʕˌā שׁבע swear
לִּ֨י llˌî לְ to
בֵֽ vˈē בְּ in
אלֹהִ֜ים ʔlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
תְּמִיתֵ֗נִי tᵊmîṯˈēnî מות die
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
תַּסְגִּרֵ֨נִי֙ tasgirˈēnî סגר close
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
אֲדֹנִ֔י ʔᵃḏōnˈî אָדֹון lord
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֹורִֽדְךָ֖ ʔôrˈiḏᵊḵˌā ירד descend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
גְּד֥וּד ggᵊḏˌûḏ גְּדוּד band
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
30:15. dixitque ei David potes me ducere ad istum cuneum qui ait iura mihi per Deum quod non occidas me et non tradas me in manu domini mei et ducam te ad cuneum istum
And David said to him: Canst thou bring me to this company? and he said: Swear to me by God, that thou wilt not kill me, nor deliver me into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee to this company. And David swore to him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:15: Swear unto me - At the conclusion of this verse, the Vulgate, Syriac, and Arabic add, that David swore to him. This is not expressed in the Hebrew, but is necessarily implied.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:16
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:15: Swear: Sa1 29:6; Jos 2:12, Jos 9:15, Jos 9:19, Jos 9:20; Eze 17:13, Eze 17:16, Eze 17:19
nor deliver: Deu 23:15, Deu 23:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

This Egyptian then conducted David, at his request, when he had sworn that he would neither kill him nor deliver him up to his master, down to the hostile troops, who were spread over the whole land, eating, drinking, and making merry, on account of all the great booty which they had brought out of the land of the Philistines and Judah.
Geneva 1599
And David said to him, Canst thou bring me down to this company? And he said, (g) Swear unto me by God, that thou wilt neither kill me, nor deliver me into the hands of my master, and I will bring thee down to this company.
(g) For others were in all ages held in most reverence, even among the heathen.
John Gill
And David said unto him, canst thou me down to this company?.... That is, show him, or direct him where they were:
and he said, swear unto me by God; the Targum is, by the Word of the Lord; but it is highly probable this man had no notion of Jehovah, and his Word, or of the true God; only that there was a God, and that an oath taken by him was solemn, sacred, and inviolable, and might be trusted to and depended on:
that thou wilt neither kill me; for he found now he was in the hands of those whose city he had been concerned in plundering and burning, and so might fear his life was in danger:
nor deliver me into the hands of my master; who had been a cruel one to him, and therefore would gladly be clear of him; and if he had nothing else against him, his late usage of him was sufficient to raise his resentment of him:
and I will bring thee down to this company; or show him where they were, having heard them say where they would stop, and make merry, and divide their spoil; and perhaps his master might tell him they would be at such a place at such a time, where, if he was better, he might come to them; the Vulgate Latin version adds, "and David swore to him": which, though not expressed in the original text, was no doubt done by him; and the Syriac and Arabic versions begin 1Kings 30:16 thus, "when David had sworn to him".
John Wesley
Will bring thee - For his master had told him whither they intended to go, that he might come after them, as soon as he could.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Swear unto me by God--Whether there was still among these idolatrous tribes a lingering belief in one God, or this Egyptian wished to bind David by the God whom the Hebrews worshipped, the solemn sanction of an oath was mutually recognized.
30:1630:16: եւ իջոյց զնա անդր։ Եւ ահա նոքա ցրուեալ էին ընդ երեսս ամենայն երկրի, ուտէին եւ ըմպէին. եւ տօնէին ամենայն աւարօքն մեծամեծօք, զոր առին յերկրէն այլազգեաց, եւ յերկրէն Յուդայ[3139]։ [3139] Այլք. Ընդ երեսս ամենայն երկրին։
16 Եգիպտացին նրան այնտեղ տարաւ, եւ Դաւիթը տեսաւ, որ նրանք ցրուած էին ամբողջ դաշտում, ուտում ու խմում էին եւ այլազգիների ու Յուդայի երկրից վերցրած մեծամեծ աւարով ուրախութիւն անում:
16 Երբ զանիկա հոն տարաւ, ահա անոնք բոլոր գետնին վրայ ցրուած էին, կ’ուտէին ու կը խմէին եւ Փղշտացիներու երկրէն ու Յուդայի երկրէն առած այն բոլոր մեծ աւարին համար ուրախութիւն կ’ընէին։
Եւ իջոյց զնա անդր. եւ ահա նոքա ցրուեալ էին ընդ երեսս ամենայն երկրին, ուտէին եւ ըմպէին եւ տօնէին ամենայն աւարօքն մեծամեծօք, զոր առին յերկրէն այլազգեաց եւ յերկրէն Յուդայ:

30:16: եւ իջոյց զնա անդր։ Եւ ահա նոքա ցրուեալ էին ընդ երեսս ամենայն երկրի, ուտէին եւ ըմպէին. եւ տօնէին ամենայն աւարօքն մեծամեծօք, զոր առին յերկրէն այլազգեաց, եւ յերկրէն Յուդայ[3139]։
[3139] Այլք. Ընդ երեսս ամենայն երկրին։
16 Եգիպտացին նրան այնտեղ տարաւ, եւ Դաւիթը տեսաւ, որ նրանք ցրուած էին ամբողջ դաշտում, ուտում ու խմում էին եւ այլազգիների ու Յուդայի երկրից վերցրած մեծամեծ աւարով ուրախութիւն անում:
16 Երբ զանիկա հոն տարաւ, ահա անոնք բոլոր գետնին վրայ ցրուած էին, կ’ուտէին ու կը խմէին եւ Փղշտացիներու երկրէն ու Յուդայի երկրէն առած այն բոլոր մեծ աւարին համար ուրախութիւն կ’ընէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1630:16 [Давид поклялся ему,] и он повел его; и вот, {Амаликитяне}, рассыпавшись по всей той стране, едят и пьют и празднуют по причине великой добычи, которую они взяли из земли Филистимской и из земли Иудейской.
30:16 καὶ και and; even κατήγαγεν καταγω lead down; draw up αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐκεῖ εκει there καὶ και and; even ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am οὗτοι ουτος this; he διακεχυμένοι διαχεω in; on πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of πάσης πας all; every τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἐσθίοντες εσθιω eat; consume καὶ και and; even πίνοντες πινω drink καὶ και and; even ἑορτάζοντες εορταζω keep the festival ἐν εν in πᾶσι πας all; every τοῖς ο the σκύλοις σκυλον spoil τοῖς ο the μεγάλοις μεγας great; loud οἷς ος who; what ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner καὶ και and; even ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
30:16 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣רִדֵ֔הוּ yyˈōriḏˈēhû ירד descend וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold נְטֻשִׁ֖ים nᵊṭušˌîm נטשׁ abandon עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֣י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֹכְלִ֤ים ʔōḵᵊlˈîm אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and שֹׁתִים֙ šōṯîm שׁתה drink וְ wᵊ וְ and חֹ֣גְגִ֔ים ḥˈōḡᵊḡˈîm חגג jump בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the שָּׁלָ֣ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֔ול ggāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לָקְח֛וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים pᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וּ û וְ and מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth יְהוּדָֽה׃ yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
30:16. qui cum duxisset eum ecce illi discumbebant super faciem universae terrae comedentes et bibentes et quasi festum celebrantes diem pro cuncta praeda et spoliis quae ceperant de terra Philisthim et de terra IudaAnd when he had brought him, behold they were lying spread abroad upon all the ground, eating and drinking, and as it were keeping a festival day, for all the prey and the spoils which they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Juda.
16. And when he had brought him down, behold, they were spread abroad over all the ground, eating and drinking, and feasting, because of all the great spoil that they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Judah.
And when he had brought him down, behold, [they were] spread abroad upon all the earth, eating and drinking, and dancing, because of all the great spoil that they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Judah:

30:16 [Давид поклялся ему,] и он повел его; и вот, {Амаликитяне}, рассыпавшись по всей той стране, едят и пьют и празднуют по причине великой добычи, которую они взяли из земли Филистимской и из земли Иудейской.
30:16
καὶ και and; even
κατήγαγεν καταγω lead down; draw up
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐκεῖ εκει there
καὶ και and; even
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
διακεχυμένοι διαχεω in; on
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
πάσης πας all; every
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἐσθίοντες εσθιω eat; consume
καὶ και and; even
πίνοντες πινω drink
καὶ και and; even
ἑορτάζοντες εορταζω keep the festival
ἐν εν in
πᾶσι πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
σκύλοις σκυλον spoil
τοῖς ο the
μεγάλοις μεγας great; loud
οἷς ος who; what
ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner
καὶ και and; even
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
30:16
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣רִדֵ֔הוּ yyˈōriḏˈēhû ירד descend
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
נְטֻשִׁ֖ים nᵊṭušˌîm נטשׁ abandon
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֣י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֹכְלִ֤ים ʔōḵᵊlˈîm אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֹׁתִים֙ šōṯîm שׁתה drink
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֹ֣גְגִ֔ים ḥˈōḡᵊḡˈîm חגג jump
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁלָ֣ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֔ול ggāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לָקְח֛וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים pᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וּ û וְ and
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
יְהוּדָֽה׃ yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
30:16. qui cum duxisset eum ecce illi discumbebant super faciem universae terrae comedentes et bibentes et quasi festum celebrantes diem pro cuncta praeda et spoliis quae ceperant de terra Philisthim et de terra Iuda
And when he had brought him, behold they were lying spread abroad upon all the ground, eating and drinking, and as it were keeping a festival day, for all the prey and the spoils which they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Juda.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:16: Out of the land of the Philistines - That these Amalekites were enemies to the Philistines is evident, but it certainly does not follow from this that those whom David destroyed were enemies also. This, I think, has been too hastily assumed by Dr. Chandler and others, in order the better to vindicate the character of David.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:17
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:16: when he: Jdg 1:24, Jdg 1:25
eating: Sa1 25:36-38; Exo 32:6, Exo 32:17-19, Exo 32:27, Exo 32:28; Jdg 16:23-30; Sa2 13:28; Isa 22:13; Dan 5:1-4; Luk 12:19, Luk 12:20, Luk 17:27-29, Luk 21:34, Luk 21:35; Th1 5:3; Rev 11:10-13
because of all: Job 20:5
Geneva 1599
And when he had brought him down, behold, [they were]
spread abroad upon all the earth, (h) eating and drinking, and dancing, because of all the great spoil that they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Judah.
(h) The wicked in their pomp and pleasures do not consider the judgment of God, which is then at hand to smite them.
John Gill
And when he had brought him down,.... To the place where the company of the Amalekites were, or near it:
behold, they were spread abroad upon all the earth; they were not in any regular order, and much less in any military form, but lay about in the fields, scattered here and there, were in detached parties:
some eating and drinking; in one place:
and dancing; others, in another place, expressing their joy, and perhaps their thankfulness to their idols
because of the great spoil they had taken out of the land of the Philistines, and out of the land of Judah; from Ziklag, and from the south of the Cherethites, and the south of Judah, they had invaded, 1Kings 30:14; and here they were in the greatest security; knowing: that the armies of the Philistines were gone into the land of Israel, and were about to engage in battle with the Israelites, and David they supposed was with the Philistines, so that they had nothing to fear from any quarter; and thus it is often, that when men cry peace, peace, sudden destruction comes upon them.
John Wesley
Upon all the earth - Secure and careless, because they were now come almost to the borders of their own country, and the Philistines and Israelites both were otherwise engaged, and David, as they believed, with them. So they had no visible cause of danger; and yet then they were nearest to destruction.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
AND RECOVERS HIS TWO WIVES AND ALL THE SPOIL. (1Sa. 30:16-31)
they were spread abroad upon all the earth--Believing that David and all his men of war were far away, engaged with the Philistine expedition, they deemed themselves perfectly secure and abandoned themselves to all manner of barbaric revelry. The promise made in answer to the devout inquiries of David (1Kings 30:8) was fulfilled. The marauders were surprised and panic-stricken. A great slaughter ensued--the people as well as the booty taken from Ziklag was recovered, besides a great amount of spoil which they had collected in a wide, freebooting excursion.
30:1730:17: Եւ եհա՛ս ՚ի վերայ նոցա Դաւիթ. եւ եհար զնոսա Դաւիթ յելանելոյ արուսեկին մինչեւ ցերեկոյ՝ եւ ՚ի վաղի՛ւ անդր, եւ ո՛չ ապրեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ այր. բայց միայն պատանեա՛կք չորեքարեւր հեծան յուղտս եւ փախեա՛ն[3140]։[3140] Ոմանք. Յելանելոյ արօսեկին։
17 Դաւիթը նրանց վրայ յարձակուեց եւ Արուսեակի երեւալուց մինչեւ երեկոյ ու միւս օրը կոտորեց նրանց այնպէս, որ ոչ մի տղամարդ չփրկուեց: Միայն չորս հարիւր երիտասարդներ, ուղտերը հեծած, փախան:
17 Դաւիթ արշալոյսէն մինչեւ հետեւեալ օրուան իրիկունը* զանոնք զարկաւ ու անոնցմէ մարդ չազատեցաւ, բայց միայն չորս հարիւր երիտասարդներ, որոնք ուղտերու վրայ հեծան ու փախան։
[532]Եւ եհաս ի վերայ նոցա Դաւիթ``, եւ եհար զնոսա Դաւիթ [533]յելանելոյ արուսեկին մինչեւ ցերեկոյ եւ ի վաղիւ անդր``, եւ ոչ ապրեցաւ ի նոցանէ այր. բայց միայն պատանեակք չորեքհարեւր հեծան յուղտս եւ փախեան:

30:17: Եւ եհա՛ս ՚ի վերայ նոցա Դաւիթ. եւ եհար զնոսա Դաւիթ յելանելոյ արուսեկին մինչեւ ցերեկոյ՝ եւ ՚ի վաղի՛ւ անդր, եւ ո՛չ ապրեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ այր. բայց միայն պատանեա՛կք չորեքարեւր հեծան յուղտս եւ փախեա՛ն[3140]։
[3140] Ոմանք. Յելանելոյ արօսեկին։
17 Դաւիթը նրանց վրայ յարձակուեց եւ Արուսեակի երեւալուց մինչեւ երեկոյ ու միւս օրը կոտորեց նրանց այնպէս, որ ոչ մի տղամարդ չփրկուեց: Միայն չորս հարիւր երիտասարդներ, ուղտերը հեծած, փախան:
17 Դաւիթ արշալոյսէն մինչեւ հետեւեալ օրուան իրիկունը* զանոնք զարկաւ ու անոնցմէ մարդ չազատեցաւ, բայց միայն չորս հարիւր երիտասարդներ, որոնք ուղտերու վրայ հեծան ու փախան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1730:17 [И напал на них] и поражал их Давид от сумерек до вечера другого дня, и никто из них не спасся, кроме четырехсот юношей, которые сели на верблюдов и убежали.
30:17 καὶ και and; even ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away ἑωσφόρου εωσφορος till; until δείλης δειλος timid; intimidated καὶ και and; even τῇ ο the ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἐσώθη σωζω save ἐξ εκ from; out of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband ὅτι οτι since; that ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than τετρακόσια τετρακοσιοι four hundred παιδάρια παιδαριον little boy ἃ ος who; what ἦν ειμι be ἐπιβεβηκότα επιβαινω mount; step on ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰς ο the καμήλους καμηλος camel καὶ και and; even ἔφυγον φευγω flee
30:17 וַ wa וְ and יַּכֵּ֥ם yyakkˌēm נכה strike דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David מֵ mē מִן from הַ ha הַ the נֶּ֥שֶׁף nnˌešef נֶשֶׁף breeze וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הָ hā הַ the עֶ֖רֶב ʕˌerev עֶרֶב evening לְ lᵊ לְ to מָֽחֳרָתָ֑ם mˈoḥᵒrāṯˈām מָחֳרָת next day וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not נִמְלַ֤ט nimlˈaṭ מלט escape מֵהֶם֙ mēhˌem מִן from אִ֔ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that אִם־ ʔim- אִם if אַרְבַּ֨ע ʔarbˌaʕ אַרְבַּע four מֵאֹ֧ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred אִֽישׁ־ ʔˈîš- אִישׁ man נַ֛עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] רָכְב֥וּ rāḵᵊvˌû רכב ride עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the גְּמַלִּ֖ים ggᵊmallˌîm גָּמָל camel וַ wa וְ and יָּנֻֽסוּ׃ yyānˈusû נוס flee
30:17. et percussit eos David a vespere usque ad vesperam alterius diei et non evasit ex eis quisquam nisi quadringenti viri adulescentes qui ascenderant camelos et fugerantAnd David slew them from the evening unto the evening of the next day, and there escaped not a man of them, but four hundred young men, who had gotten upon camels, and fled.
17. And David smote them from the twilight even unto the evening of the next day: and there escaped not a man of them save four hundred young men, which rode upon camels and fled.
And David smote them from the twilight even unto the evening of the next day: and there escaped not a man of them, save four hundred young men, which rode upon camels, and fled:

30:17 [И напал на них] и поражал их Давид от сумерек до вечера другого дня, и никто из них не спасся, кроме четырехсот юношей, которые сели на верблюдов и убежали.
30:17
καὶ και and; even
ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ἑωσφόρου εωσφορος till; until
δείλης δειλος timid; intimidated
καὶ και and; even
τῇ ο the
ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐσώθη σωζω save
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
τετρακόσια τετρακοσιοι four hundred
παιδάρια παιδαριον little boy
ος who; what
ἦν ειμι be
ἐπιβεβηκότα επιβαινω mount; step on
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰς ο the
καμήλους καμηλος camel
καὶ και and; even
ἔφυγον φευγω flee
30:17
וַ wa וְ and
יַּכֵּ֥ם yyakkˌēm נכה strike
דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
מֵ מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
נֶּ֥שֶׁף nnˌešef נֶשֶׁף breeze
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הָ הַ the
עֶ֖רֶב ʕˌerev עֶרֶב evening
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מָֽחֳרָתָ֑ם mˈoḥᵒrāṯˈām מָחֳרָת next day
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
נִמְלַ֤ט nimlˈaṭ מלט escape
מֵהֶם֙ mēhˌem מִן from
אִ֔ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
אַרְבַּ֨ע ʔarbˌaʕ אַרְבַּע four
מֵאֹ֧ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred
אִֽישׁ־ ʔˈîš- אִישׁ man
נַ֛עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
רָכְב֥וּ rāḵᵊvˌû רכב ride
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
גְּמַלִּ֖ים ggᵊmallˌîm גָּמָל camel
וַ wa וְ and
יָּנֻֽסוּ׃ yyānˈusû נוס flee
30:17. et percussit eos David a vespere usque ad vesperam alterius diei et non evasit ex eis quisquam nisi quadringenti viri adulescentes qui ascenderant camelos et fugerant
And David slew them from the evening unto the evening of the next day, and there escaped not a man of them, but four hundred young men, who had gotten upon camels, and fled.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:17: There escaped not a man of them - It is well known to every careful reader of the Bible, that the Amalekites were a proscribed people, even by God himself, and that in extirpating them it has been supposed David fulfilled the express will of God. But all this depends on whether he had an express commission to do so, received from God himself, as Saul had.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:20
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:17: the next day: Heb. their morrow
and there: Sa1 11:11; Jdg 4:16; Kg1 20:29, Kg1 20:30; Psa 18:42
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

David surprised them in the midst of their security, and smote them from the evening twilight till the evening of the next day, so that no one escaped, with the exception of four hundred young men, who fled upon camels. Nesheph signifies the evening twilight here, not the dawn, - a meaning which is not even sustained by Job 7:4. The form מחרתם appears to be an adverbial formation, like יומם.
Geneva 1599
And David smote them from the twilight even unto the evening (i) of the next day: and there escaped not a man of them, save four hundred young men, which rode upon camels, and fled.
(i) Some read, and to the morrow of the two evenings, that is, three days.
John Gill
And David smote them from the twilight even unto the evening of the next day,.... As there are two twilights, the twilight of the morning, and the twilight of the evening; this is differently understood some take it for the twilight of the morning, and that it was night when David came to them, and let them alone till they were drunk and asleep, and then early in the morning fell upon them, and smote them until the evening; so Josephus (s) relates it; but others take it to be the twilight of the evening, and that he fell upon them that night, and continued the slaughter of them to the evening of the next day, with which agrees the Targum; nay, some take the next day, or the morrow, to be that which followed after the two evenings; so that this slaughter was carried on to the third day:
and there escaped not a man of them, save four hundred young men that rode upon camels, and fled; that sort of camels called dromedaries, according to Josephus (t), and which were very swift, and much used by the Arabians, near whom these people dwelt, see Is 60:6.
(s) Antiqu. l. 6. c. 4. sect. 6. (t) Ibid.
John Wesley
Twilight - The word signifies both the morning and evening twilight. But the latter seems here intended, partly because their eating, and drinking, and dancing, was more proper work for the evening, than the morning; and partly, because the evening was more convenient for David, that the fewness of his forces might not be discovered by the day - light. It is probable, that when he came near them, he reposed himself, and his army, in some secret place, whereof there were many parts, for a convenient season; and then marched on so as to come to them at the evening time.
30:1830:18: Եւ թափեա՛ց Դաւիթ զամենայն ինչ զոր առին Ամաղեկացիքն. եւ զերկոսին կանայս իւր թափեա՛ց Դաւիթ։
18 Դաւիթն ազատեց այն բոլորին, որոնց գերեվարել էին ամաղէկացիները: Նա փրկեց նաեւ իր երկու կանանց:
18 Դաւիթ Ամաղեկացիներուն առած բոլոր բաները ազատեց։ Դաւիթ իր երկու կիներն ալ ազատեց։
Եւ թափեաց Դաւիթ զամենայն ինչ զոր առին Ամաղեկացիքն, եւ զերկոսին կանայս իւր թափեաց Դաւիթ:

30:18: Եւ թափեա՛ց Դաւիթ զամենայն ինչ զոր առին Ամաղեկացիքն. եւ զերկոսին կանայս իւր թափեա՛ց Դաւիթ։
18 Դաւիթն ազատեց այն բոլորին, որոնց գերեվարել էին ամաղէկացիները: Նա փրկեց նաեւ իր երկու կանանց:
18 Դաւիթ Ամաղեկացիներուն առած բոլոր բաները ազատեց։ Դաւիթ իր երկու կիներն ալ ազատեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1830:18 И отнял Давид все, что взяли Амаликитяне, и обеих жен своих отнял Давид.
30:18 καὶ και and; even ἀφείλατο αφαιρεω take away Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πάντα πας all; every ἃ ος who; what ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get οἱ ο the Αμαληκῖται αμαληκιτης and; even ἀμφοτέρας αμφοτερος both τὰς ο the γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐξείλατο εξαιρεω extract; take out
30:18 וַ wa וְ and יַּצֵּ֣ל yyaṣṣˈēl נצל deliver דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David אֵ֛ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take עֲמָלֵ֑ק ʕᵃmālˈēq עֲמָלֵק Amalek וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁתֵּ֥י šᵊttˌê שְׁנַיִם two נָשָׁ֖יו nāšˌāʸw אִשָּׁה woman הִצִּ֥יל hiṣṣˌîl נצל deliver דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:18. eruit ergo David omnia quae tulerant Amalechitae et duas uxores suas eruitSo David recovered all that the Amalecites had taken, and he rescued his two wives.
18. And David recovered all that the Amalekites had taken: and David rescued his two wives.
And David recovered all that the Amalekites had carried away: and David rescued his two wives:

30:18 И отнял Давид все, что взяли Амаликитяне, и обеих жен своих отнял Давид.
30:18
καὶ και and; even
ἀφείλατο αφαιρεω take away
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πάντα πας all; every
ος who; what
ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get
οἱ ο the
Αμαληκῖται αμαληκιτης and; even
ἀμφοτέρας αμφοτερος both
τὰς ο the
γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐξείλατο εξαιρεω extract; take out
30:18
וַ wa וְ and
יַּצֵּ֣ל yyaṣṣˈēl נצל deliver
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
אֵ֛ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take
עֲמָלֵ֑ק ʕᵃmālˈēq עֲמָלֵק Amalek
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁתֵּ֥י šᵊttˌê שְׁנַיִם two
נָשָׁ֖יו nāšˌāʸw אִשָּׁה woman
הִצִּ֥יל hiṣṣˌîl נצל deliver
דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:18. eruit ergo David omnia quae tulerant Amalechitae et duas uxores suas eruit
So David recovered all that the Amalecites had taken, and he rescued his two wives.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ kad▾ all ▾
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Through this victory David rescued all that the Amalekites had taken, his two wives, and all the children great and small; also the booty that they had taken with them, so that nothing was missing.
John Gill
And David recovered all that the Amalekites had carried away,.... The wives and children of the Israelites, and their goods, excepting the provisions they had eaten:
and David rescued his two wives; which is particularly observed, because a special concern of his.
30:1930:19: Եւ ո՛չ սխալեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ ՚ի փոքուէ մինչեւ ցմեծ. եւ յուստերաց եւ ՚ի դստերաց, եւ յաւարէն մինչեւ ցամենայն ինչ զոր առին ՚ի նոցանէ՝ զամենայն ինչ դարձո՛յց Դաւիթ[3141]։ [3141] Ոմանք. Զամենայն դարձոյց Դաւ՛՛։
19 Նրանց ունեցածից ոչ մի բան չէր պակասել. փոքրից մինչեւ մեծը, տղաներին եւ աղջիկներին եւ այն ամէնը, ինչ առել էին նրանցից, Դաւիթը յետ բերեց:
19 Ոեւէ մէկ բան պակաս չէր՝ պզտիկէն մինչեւ մեծը, թէ՛ տղայ, թէ՛ աղջիկ եւ թէ՛ աւար, ինչ որ անոնք առեր տարեր էին, Դաւիթ ամէնքն ալ ետ բերաւ։
Եւ ոչ սխալեցաւ ի նոցանէ ի փոքուէ մինչեւ ցմեծ, եւ յուստերաց եւ ի դստերաց եւ յաւարէն մինչեւ ցամենայն ինչ զոր առին ի նոցանէ, զամենայն դարձոյց Դաւիթ:

30:19: Եւ ո՛չ սխալեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ ՚ի փոքուէ մինչեւ ցմեծ. եւ յուստերաց եւ ՚ի դստերաց, եւ յաւարէն մինչեւ ցամենայն ինչ զոր առին ՚ի նոցանէ՝ զամենայն ինչ դարձո՛յց Դաւիթ[3141]։
[3141] Ոմանք. Զամենայն դարձոյց Դաւ՛՛։
19 Նրանց ունեցածից ոչ մի բան չէր պակասել. փոքրից մինչեւ մեծը, տղաներին եւ աղջիկներին եւ այն ամէնը, ինչ առել էին նրանցից, Դաւիթը յետ բերեց:
19 Ոեւէ մէկ բան պակաս չէր՝ պզտիկէն մինչեւ մեծը, թէ՛ տղայ, թէ՛ աղջիկ եւ թէ՛ աւար, ինչ որ անոնք առեր տարեր էին, Դաւիթ ամէնքն ալ ետ բերաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1930:19 И не пропало у них ничего, ни малого, ни большого, ни из сыновей, ни из дочерей, ни из добычи, ни из всего, что {Амаликитяне} взяли у них; все возвратил Давид,
30:19 καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not διεφώνησεν διαφωνεω he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away μικροῦ μικρος little; small ἕως εως till; until μεγάλου μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the σκύλων σκυλον spoil καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until υἱῶν υιος son καὶ και and; even θυγατέρων θυγατηρ daughter καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until πάντων πας all; every ὧν ος who; what ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὰ ο the πάντα πας all; every ἐπέστρεψεν επιστρεφω turn around; return Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
30:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not נֶעְדַּר־ neʕdar- עדר be missing לָ֠הֶם lāhˌem לְ to מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the קָּטֹ֨ן qqāṭˌōn קָטֹן small וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֜ול ggāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto בָּנִ֤ים bānˈîm בֵּן son וּ û וְ and בָנֹות֙ vānôṯ בַּת daughter וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from שָּׁלָ֔ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֛ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to הַ ha הַ the כֹּ֖ל kkˌōl כֹּל whole הֵשִׁ֥יב hēšˌîv שׁוב return דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:19. nec defuit quicquam a parvo usque ad magnum tam de filiis quam de filiabus et de spoliis et quaecumque rapuerant omnia reduxit DavidAnd there was nothing missing small or great, neither of their sons or their daughters, nor of the spoils, and whatsoever they had taken, David recovered all.
19. And there was nothing lacking to them, neither small nor great, neither sons nor daughters, neither spoil, nor any thing that they had taken to them: David brought back all.
And there was nothing lacking to them, neither small nor great, neither sons nor daughters, neither spoil, nor any [thing] that they had taken to them: David recovered all:

30:19 И не пропало у них ничего, ни малого, ни большого, ни из сыновей, ни из дочерей, ни из добычи, ни из всего, что {Амаликитяне} взяли у них; все возвратил Давид,
30:19
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
διεφώνησεν διαφωνεω he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
μικροῦ μικρος little; small
ἕως εως till; until
μεγάλου μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
σκύλων σκυλον spoil
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
υἱῶν υιος son
καὶ και and; even
θυγατέρων θυγατηρ daughter
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
πάντων πας all; every
ὧν ος who; what
ἔλαβον λαμβανω take; get
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
πάντα πας all; every
ἐπέστρεψεν επιστρεφω turn around; return
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
30:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
נֶעְדַּר־ neʕdar- עדר be missing
לָ֠הֶם lāhˌem לְ to
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
קָּטֹ֨ן qqāṭˌōn קָטֹן small
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֜ול ggāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
בָּנִ֤ים bānˈîm בֵּן son
וּ û וְ and
בָנֹות֙ vānôṯ בַּת daughter
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁלָ֔ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֛ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take
לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּ֖ל kkˌōl כֹּל whole
הֵשִׁ֥יב hēšˌîv שׁוב return
דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:19. nec defuit quicquam a parvo usque ad magnum tam de filiis quam de filiabus et de spoliis et quaecumque rapuerant omnia reduxit David
And there was nothing missing small or great, neither of their sons or their daughters, nor of the spoils, and whatsoever they had taken, David recovered all.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:19: Sa1 30:8; Gen 14:14-16; Num 31:49; Job 1:10; Psa 34:9, Psa 34:10, Psa 91:9, Psa 91:10; Mat 6:33
John Gill
And there was nothing lacking to them, neither small nor great, neither sons nor daughters,.... Not any of the least or youngest, nor any of them that were grown up; for as these were not slain but carried captive, so they were brought back, and not one missing, see 1Kings 30:2,
neither spoil, nor any thing they had taken to them: except the food they had eaten and the liquor they had drank, as before observed; and perhaps what they had ate and drank were none of theirs, but the Philistines: so that
David recovered all; taken in the utmost extent.
30:2030:20: Եւ ա՛ռ Դաւիթ զամենայն հօտս եւ զանդեայս, եւ տանէր առաջի աւարին. եւ աւարին անուն կոչէր՝ թէ այս աւար Դաւթի է[3142]։ [3142] Յօրինակին. Թէ այս ա՛ւր Դաւթի է։
20 Դաւիթն առաւ բոլոր հօտերն ու արջառները եւ տարաւ աւարի առջեւից: Աւարի համար ասում էին. «Սա Դաւթի աւարն է»:
20 Դաւիթ բոլոր ոչխարներն ու արջառները առաւ եւ զանոնք իրենց հօտերուն առջեւէն կը տանէին ու կ’ըսէին. «Դաւիթին աւարը ասիկա է»։
Եւ ա՛ռ Դաւիթ զամենայն հօտս եւ զանդեայս, եւ [534]տանէր առաջի աւարին. եւ [535]աւարին անուն կոչէր`` թէ` Այս աւար Դաւթի է:

30:20: Եւ ա՛ռ Դաւիթ զամենայն հօտս եւ զանդեայս, եւ տանէր առաջի աւարին. եւ աւարին անուն կոչէր՝ թէ այս աւար Դաւթի է[3142]։
[3142] Յօրինակին. Թէ այս ա՛ւր Դաւթի է։
20 Դաւիթն առաւ բոլոր հօտերն ու արջառները եւ տարաւ աւարի առջեւից: Աւարի համար ասում էին. «Սա Դաւթի աւարն է»:
20 Դաւիթ բոլոր ոչխարներն ու արջառները առաւ եւ զանոնք իրենց հօտերուն առջեւէն կը տանէին ու կ’ըսէին. «Դաւիթին աւարը ասիկա է»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2030:20 и взял Давид весь мелкий и крупный скот, и гнали его пред своим скотом и говорили: это~--- добыча Давида.
30:20 καὶ και and; even ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ποίμνια ποιμνιον flock καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the βουκόλια βουκολιον and; even ἀπήγαγεν απαγω lead off; lead away ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before τῶν ο the σκύλων σκυλον spoil καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the σκύλοις σκυλον spoil ἐκείνοις εκεινος that ἐλέγετο λεγω tell; declare ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the σκῦλα σκυλον spoil Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
30:20 וַ wa וְ and יִּקַּ֣ח yyiqqˈaḥ לקח take דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the צֹּ֖אן ṣṣˌōn צֹאן cattle וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the בָּקָ֑ר bbāqˈār בָּקָר cattle נָהֲג֗וּ nāhᵃḡˈû נהג drive לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the מִּקְנֶ֣ה mmiqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase הַ ha הַ the ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:20. et tulit universos greges et armenta et minavit ante faciem suam dixeruntque haec est praeda DavidAnd he took all the flocks and the herds, and made them go before him: and they said: This is the prey of David.
20. And David took all the flocks and the herds, they drave before those cattle, and said, This is David’s spoil.
And David took all the flocks and the herds, [which] they drave before those [other] cattle, and said, This [is] David' s spoil:

30:20 и взял Давид весь мелкий и крупный скот, и гнали его пред своим скотом и говорили: это~--- добыча Давида.
30:20
καὶ και and; even
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ποίμνια ποιμνιον flock
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
βουκόλια βουκολιον and; even
ἀπήγαγεν απαγω lead off; lead away
ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before
τῶν ο the
σκύλων σκυλον spoil
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
σκύλοις σκυλον spoil
ἐκείνοις εκεινος that
ἐλέγετο λεγω tell; declare
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
σκῦλα σκυλον spoil
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
30:20
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקַּ֣ח yyiqqˈaḥ לקח take
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
צֹּ֖אן ṣṣˌōn צֹאן cattle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
בָּקָ֑ר bbāqˈār בָּקָר cattle
נָהֲג֗וּ nāhᵃḡˈû נהג drive
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
מִּקְנֶ֣ה mmiqnˈeh מִקְנֶה purchase
הַ ha הַ the
ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say
זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this
שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder
דָּוִֽד׃ dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
30:20. et tulit universos greges et armenta et minavit ante faciem suam dixeruntque haec est praeda David
And he took all the flocks and the herds, and made them go before him: and they said: This is the prey of David.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:20: And David took all the flocks - He and his men not only recovered all their own property, but they recovered all the spoil which these Amalekites had taken from the south of Judah, the Cherethites, and the south of Caleb. When this was separated from the rest, it was given to David, and called David's spoil.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:22
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:20: The meaning is, "and David took all the sheep and oxen which the Amalekites drove" (i. e. had in their possession) "before that acquisition of cattle" (namely, before what they took in their raid to the south), "and they" (the people) "said, This is David's spoil." This was his share as captain of the band (compare Jdg 8:24-26). All the other plunder of the camp - arms, ornaments, jewels, money, clothes, camels, accoutrements, and so on - was divided among the little army. David's motive in choosing the sheep and oxen for himself was to make presents to his friends in Judah Sa1 30:26-31.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:20: This is David's spoil: Sa1 30:26; Num 31:9-12; Ch2 20:25; Isa 53:12; Rom 8:37
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

1Kings 30:20 is obscure: "And David took all the sheep and the oxen: they drove them before those cattle, and said, This is David's booty." In order to obtain any meaning whatever from this literal rendering of the words, we must understand by the sheep and oxen those which belonged to the Amalekites, and the flocks taken from them as booty; and by "those cattle," the cattle belonging to David and his men, which the Amalekites had driven away, and the Israelites had now recovered from them: so that David had the sheep and oxen which he had taken from the Amalekites as booty driven in front of the rest of the cattle which the Israelites had recovered; whereupon the drovers exclaimed, "This (the sheep and oxen) is David's booty." It is true that there is nothing said in what goes before about any booty that David had taken from the Amalekites, in addition to what they had taken from the Israelites; but the fact that David had really taken such booty is perfectly obvious from 1Kings 30:26-31, where he is said to have sent portions of the booty of the enemies of Jehovah to different places in the land. If this explanation be not accepted, there is no other course open than to follow the Vulgate, alter לפני into לפניו, and render the middle clause thus: "they drove those cattle (viz., the sheep and oxen already mentioned) before him," as Luther has done. But even in that case we could hardly understand anything else by the sheep and oxen than the cattle belonging to the Amalekites, and taken from them as booty.
Geneva 1599
And David took all the flocks and the herds, [which] they drave before those [other] cattle, and said, This [is] David's (k) spoil.
(k) Which the Amalekites had taken from others, and David from them, besides the goods of Ziklag.
John Gill
And David took all the flocks, and the herds,.... Which they had taken from the land of the Philistines, or which belonged to the Amalekites properly:
which they drave before those other cattle; which had been carried from Ziklag; first went the spoil taken from other places, and then those taken from David and his men, or what was found at Ziklag. Abarbinel supposes the meaning to be this, that the herds were driven before the flocks, that the oxen were led out first, and then the sheep followed, as being the weaker sort, and more easily to be driven, and carried off; but the former sense seems best:
and said, this is David's spoil; either the whole of it, it being owing to him that it was got or brought back; or this may respect some peculiar part of it made a present of to him; or it may design what the Amalekites had taken from others, which was at the disposal of David, as distinguished from what was taken from Ziklag, and was restored, or to be restored to the proper owners: it may be taken in the first and more general sense, as being the song, or the burden of the song, sung by David's men as they returned with the spoil, giving him all the honour of it, of whom, but a little before, they talked of stoning.
John Wesley
Other cattle - Before those that belonged to Ziklag. David's spoil - The soldiers, who lately were so incensed against David, that they spake of stoning him: now upon this success magnify him, and triumphantly celebrate his praise; and say concerning this spoil, David purchased it by his valour and conduct, and he may dispose of it as he pleaseth.
30:2130:21: Եւ եկն Դաւիթ առ երկերիւրսն լքեա՛լս յերթալոյ զկնի Դաւթի, եւ նստոյց զնոսա ՚ի հեղեղատին Բոսորայ. եւ ելին ընդ առաջ Դաւթի եւ ընդ առաջ զօրո՛ւն որ ընդ նմա. եւ մատեա՛ւ Դաւիթ առ զօրն, եւ եհարց զողջունէ նորա ՚ի խաղաղութիւն[3143]։ [3143] Բազումք. Եւ մատեաւ Դաւիթ ՚ի զօրն, եւ ե՛՛։
21 Դաւիթը եկաւ ուժասպառ եղած երկու հարիւր զինուորների մօտ, որոնք չէին կարողացել Դաւթի յետեւից գնալ եւ մնացել էին Բոսորի հեղեղատում: Նրանք ընդառաջ գնացին Դաւթին ու նրա հետ եղած զօրքին: Դաւիթը մօտեցաւ այդ երկու հարիւր զինուորներին, հարցուփորձ արեց նրանց առողջութեան մասին:
21 Դաւիթ այն երկու հարիւր մարդոցը քով եկաւ, որոնք շատ յոգնած ըլլալնուն համար չէին կրցեր Դաւիթին ետեւէն երթալ ու զանոնք Բոսոր հեղեղատը նստեցուցեր էր։ Անոնք ելան Դաւիթն ու անոր հետ եղող ժողովուրդը դիմաւորելու։ Դաւիթ երբ ժողովուրդին մօտեցաւ, անոնց առողջութիւնը հարցուց։
Եւ եկն Դաւիթ առ երկերիւրսն լքեալս յերթալոյ զկնի Դաւթի, եւ նստոյց զնոսա ի հեղեղատին Բոսորայ. եւ ելին ընդ առաջ Դաւթի եւ ընդ առաջ զօրուն որ ընդ նմա. եւ մատեաւ Դաւիթ առ զօրն, եւ եհարց զողջունէ նորա ի խաղաղութիւն:

30:21: Եւ եկն Դաւիթ առ երկերիւրսն լքեա՛լս յերթալոյ զկնի Դաւթի, եւ նստոյց զնոսա ՚ի հեղեղատին Բոսորայ. եւ ելին ընդ առաջ Դաւթի եւ ընդ առաջ զօրո՛ւն որ ընդ նմա. եւ մատեա՛ւ Դաւիթ առ զօրն, եւ եհարց զողջունէ նորա ՚ի խաղաղութիւն[3143]։
[3143] Բազումք. Եւ մատեաւ Դաւիթ ՚ի զօրն, եւ ե՛՛։
21 Դաւիթը եկաւ ուժասպառ եղած երկու հարիւր զինուորների մօտ, որոնք չէին կարողացել Դաւթի յետեւից գնալ եւ մնացել էին Բոսորի հեղեղատում: Նրանք ընդառաջ գնացին Դաւթին ու նրա հետ եղած զօրքին: Դաւիթը մօտեցաւ այդ երկու հարիւր զինուորներին, հարցուփորձ արեց նրանց առողջութեան մասին:
21 Դաւիթ այն երկու հարիւր մարդոցը քով եկաւ, որոնք շատ յոգնած ըլլալնուն համար չէին կրցեր Դաւիթին ետեւէն երթալ ու զանոնք Բոսոր հեղեղատը նստեցուցեր էր։ Անոնք ելան Դաւիթն ու անոր հետ եղող ժողովուրդը դիմաւորելու։ Դաւիթ երբ ժողովուրդին մօտեցաւ, անոնց առողջութիւնը հարցուց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2130:21 И пришел Давид к тем двум стам человек, которые не были в силах идти за ним, и {которых} он оставил у потока Восор, и вышли они навстречу Давиду и навстречу людям, бывшим с ним. И подошел Давид к этим людям и приветствовал их.
30:21 καὶ και and; even παραγίνεται παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πρὸς προς to; toward τοὺς ο the διακοσίους διακοσιοι two hundred ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband τοὺς ο the ἐκλυθέντας εκλυω faint; let loose τοῦ ο the πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even ἐκάθισεν καθιζω sit down; seat αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the χειμάρρῳ χειμαρρους the Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out εἰς εις into; for ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even εἰς εις into; for ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population τοῦ ο the μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even προσήγαγεν προσαγω lead toward; head toward Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even ἠρώτησαν ερωταω question; request αὐτὸν αυτος he; him τὰ ο the εἰς εις into; for εἰρήνην ειρηνη peace
30:21 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֣א yyāvˈō בוא come דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מָאתַ֨יִם māṯˌayim מֵאָה hundred הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] פִּגְּר֣וּ׀ piggᵊrˈû פגר be faint מִ mi מִן from לֶּ֣כֶת׀ llˈeḵeṯ הלך walk אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וַ wa וְ and יֹּֽשִׁיבֻם֙ yyˈōšîvum ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi הַ ha הַ the בְּשֹׂ֔ור bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor וַ wa וְ and יֵּֽצְאוּ֙ yyˈēṣᵊʔû יצא go out לִ li לְ to קְרַ֣את qᵊrˈaṯ קרא encounter דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to קְרַ֖את qᵊrˌaṯ קרא encounter הָ hā הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אִתֹּ֑ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with וַ wa וְ and יִּגַּ֤שׁ yyiggˈaš נגשׁ approach דָּוִד֙ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁאַ֥ל yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to שָׁלֹֽום׃ ס šālˈôm . s שָׁלֹום peace
30:21. venit autem David ad ducentos viros qui lassi substiterant nec sequi potuerant David et residere eos iusserat in torrente Besor qui egressi sunt obviam David et populo qui erat cum eo accedens autem David ad populum salutavit eos pacificeAnd David came to the two hundred men, who, being weary, had stayed, and were not able to follow David, and he had ordered them to abide at the torrent Besor: and they came out to meet David, and the people that were with him. And David coming to the people, saluted them peaceably.
21. And David came to the two hundred men, which were so faint that they could not follow David, whom also they had made to abide at the brook Besor: and they went forth to meet David, and to meet the people that were with him: and when David came near to the people, he saluted them.
And David came to the two hundred men, which were so faint that they could not follow David, whom they had made also to abide at the brook Besor: and they went forth to meet David, and to meet the people that [were] with him: and when David came near to the people, he saluted them:

30:21 И пришел Давид к тем двум стам человек, которые не были в силах идти за ним, и {которых} он оставил у потока Восор, и вышли они навстречу Давиду и навстречу людям, бывшим с ним. И подошел Давид к этим людям и приветствовал их.
30:21
καὶ και and; even
παραγίνεται παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πρὸς προς to; toward
τοὺς ο the
διακοσίους διακοσιοι two hundred
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
τοὺς ο the
ἐκλυθέντας εκλυω faint; let loose
τοῦ ο the
πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
ἐκάθισεν καθιζω sit down; seat
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
χειμάρρῳ χειμαρρους the
Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out
εἰς εις into; for
ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
εἰς εις into; for
ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
τοῦ ο the
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
προσήγαγεν προσαγω lead toward; head toward
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
ἠρώτησαν ερωταω question; request
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
εἰς εις into; for
εἰρήνην ειρηνη peace
30:21
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֣א yyāvˈō בוא come
דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מָאתַ֨יִם māṯˌayim מֵאָה hundred
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
פִּגְּר֣וּ׀ piggᵊrˈû פגר be faint
מִ mi מִן from
לֶּ֣כֶת׀ llˈeḵeṯ הלך walk
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּֽשִׁיבֻם֙ yyˈōšîvum ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
הַ ha הַ the
בְּשֹׂ֔ור bbᵊśˈôr בְּשֹׂור Besor
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּֽצְאוּ֙ yyˈēṣᵊʔû יצא go out
לִ li לְ to
קְרַ֣את qᵊrˈaṯ קרא encounter
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
קְרַ֖את qᵊrˌaṯ קרא encounter
הָ הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אִתֹּ֑ו ʔittˈô אֵת together with
וַ wa וְ and
יִּגַּ֤שׁ yyiggˈaš נגשׁ approach
דָּוִד֙ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁאַ֥ל yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שָׁלֹֽום׃ ס šālˈôm . s שָׁלֹום peace
30:21. venit autem David ad ducentos viros qui lassi substiterant nec sequi potuerant David et residere eos iusserat in torrente Besor qui egressi sunt obviam David et populo qui erat cum eo accedens autem David ad populum salutavit eos pacifice
And David came to the two hundred men, who, being weary, had stayed, and were not able to follow David, and he had ordered them to abide at the torrent Besor: and they came out to meet David, and the people that were with him. And David coming to the people, saluted them peaceably.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David's Division of the Spoil. B. C. 1055.

21 And David came to the two hundred men, which were so faint that they could not follow David, whom they had made also to abide at the brook Besor: and they went forth to meet David, and to meet the people that were with him: and when David came near to the people, he saluted them. 22 Then answered all the wicked men and men of Belial, of those that went with David, and said, Because they went not with us, we will not give them ought of the spoil that we have recovered, save to every man his wife and his children, that they may lead them away, and depart. 23 Then said David, Ye shall not do so, my brethren, with that which the LORD hath given us, who hath preserved us, and delivered the company that came against us into our hand. 24 For who will hearken unto you in this matter? but as his part is that goeth down to the battle, so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stuff: they shall part alike. 25 And it was so from that day forward, that he made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel unto this day. 26 And when David came to Ziklag, he sent of the spoil unto the elders of Judah, even to his friends, saying, Behold a present for you of the spoil of the enemies of the LORD; 27 To them which were in Bethel, and to them which were in south Ramoth, and to them which were in Jattir, 28 And to them which were in Aroer, and to them which were in Siphmoth, and to them which were in Eshtemoa, 29 And to them which were in Rachal, and to them which were in the cities of the Jerahmeelites, and to them which were in the cities of the Kenites, 30 And to them which were in Hormah, and to them which were in Chorashan, and to them which were in Athach, 31 And to them which were in Hebron, and to all the places where David himself and his men were wont to haunt.
We have here an account of the distribution of the spoil which as taken from the Amalekites. When the Amalekites had carried away a rich booty from the land of Judah and the Philistines they spent it in sensuality, in eating, and drinking, and making merry with it; but David disposed of the spoil taken after another manner, as one that knew that justice and charity must govern us in the use we make of whatever we have in this world. What God gives us he designs we should do good with, not serve our lusts with. In the distribution of the spoil,
I. David was just and kind to those who abode by the stuff. They came forth to meet the conquerors, and to congratulate them on this success, though they could not contribute to it (v. 21); for we should rejoice in a good work done, though Providence had laid us aside and rendered us incapable of lending a hand to it. David received their address very kindly, and was so far from upbraiding them with their weakness that he showed himself solicitous concerning them. He saluted them; he asked them of peace (so the word is), enquired how they did, because he had left them faint and not well; or wished them peace, bade them be of good cheer, they should lose nothing by staying behind; for of this they seemed afraid, as perhaps David saw by their countenances.
1. There were those that opposed their coming in to share in the spoil; some of David's soldiers, probably the same that spoke of stoning him, spoke now of defrauding their brethren; they are called wicked men and men of Belial, v. 22. Let not the best of men think it strange if they have those attending them that are very bad and they cannot prevail to make them better. We may suppose that David had instructed his soldiers, and prayed with them, and yet there were many among them that were wicked men and men of Belial, often terrified with the apprehensions of death and yet wicked men still and men of Belial. These made a motion that the 200 men who abode by the stuff should only have their wives and children given them, but none of their goods. Well might they be called wicked men; for this bespeaks them, (1.) Very covetous themselves and greedy of gain; for hereby the more would fall to their share. Awhile ago they would gladly have given half their own to recover the other half, yet now that they have all their own they are not content unless they can have their brethren's too; so soon do men forget their low estate. All seek their own, and too often more than their own. (2.) Very barbarous to their brethren; for, to give them their wives and children, and not their estates, was to give them the mouths without the meat. What joy could they have of their families if they had nothing to maintain them with? Was this to do as they would be done by? Those are men of Belial indeed who delight in putting hardships upon their brethren, and care not who is starved, so they may be fed to the full.
2. David would by no means admit this, but ordered that those who tarried behind should come in for an equal share in the spoils with those that went to the battle, v. 23, 24. This he did, (1.) In gratitude to God. The spoil we have is that which God has given us; we have it from him, and therefore must use it under his direction as good stewards. Let this check us when we are tempted to misapply that which God has entrusted us with of this world's goods. "Nay, I must not do so with that which God has given me, not serve Satan and a base lust with those things which are not only the creatures of his power, but the gifts of his bounty. God has recompensed us by delivering the company that came against us into our hand, let not us then wrong our brethren. God has been kind to us in preserving us and giving us victory, let not us be unkind to them." God's mercy to us should make us merciful to one another. (2.) In justice to them. It was true they tarried behind; but, [1.] It was not for want of good-will to the cause or to their brethren, but because they had not strength to keep up with them. It was not their fault, but their infelicity; and therefore they ought not to suffer for it. [2.] Though they tarried behind now, they had formerly engaged many times in battle and done their part as well as the best of their brethren, and their former services must be considered now that there was something to enjoy. [3.] Even now they did good service, for they abode by the stuff, to guard that which somebody must take care of, else that might have fallen into the hands of some other enemy. Every post of service is not alike a post of honour, yet those that are in any way serviceable to the common interest, though in a meaner station, ought to share in the common advantages, as in the natural body every member has its use and therefore has its share of the nourishment. First, Thus David overruled the wicked men, and men of Belial, with reason, but with a great deal of mildness; for the force of reason is sufficient, without the force of passion. He calls them his brethren, v. 23. Superiors often lose their authority by haughtiness, but seldom by courtesy and condescension. Secondly, Thus he settled the matter for the time to come, made it a statute of his kingdom (a statute of distributions, primo Davidis--in the first year of David's reign), an ordinance of war (v. 25), that as his part is that goes down to the battle, and hazards his life in the high places of the field, so shall his be that guards the carriages. Abraham returned the spoils of Sodom to the right owners, and quitted his title to them jure belli--derived from the laws of war. If we help others to recover their right, we must not think that this alienates the property and makes it ours. God appointed that the spoil of Midian should be divided between the soldiers and the whole congregation, Num. xxxi. 27. The case here was somewhat different, but governed by the same general rule--that we are members one of another. The disciples, at first, had all things common, and we should still be ready to distribute, willing to communicate, 1 Tim. vi. 18. When kings of armies did flee apace, she that tarried at home did divide the spoil, Ps. lxviii. 12.
II. David was generous and kind to all his friends. When he had given every one his own with interest there was a considerable overplus, which David, as general, had the disposal of; probably the spoil of the tents of the Amalekites consisted much in plate and jewels (Judg. viii. 24, 26), and these, because he thought they would but make his own soldiers proud and effeminate, he thought fit to make presents of to his friends, even the elders of Judah, v. 26. Several places are here named to which he sent of these presents, all of them in or near the tribe of Judah. The first place named is Bethel, which signifies the house of God; that place shall be first served for its name's sake; or perhaps it means not the city so called, but the place where the ark was, which was therefore the house of God. Thither David sent the first and best, to those that attended there, for his sake who is the first and best. Hebron is named last (v. 31), probably because thither he sent the residuum, which was the largest share, having an eye upon that place as fittest for his head-quarters, 2 Sam. ii. 1. In David's sending these presents observe, 1. His generosity. He aimed not to enrich himself, but to serve his country; and therefore God afterwards enriched him, and set him to rule the country he had served. It becomes gracious souls to be generous. There is that scatters, and yet increases. 2. His gratitude. He sent presents to all the places where he and his men were wont to haunt (v. 31), that is, to all that he had received kindness from, that had sheltered him and sent him intelligence or provisions. Note, Honesty, as well as honour, obliges us to requite the favours that have been done us, or at least to make a real acknowledgment of them as far as is in the power of our hand. 3. His piety. He calls his present a blessing; for no present we give to our friends will be a comfort to them but as it is made so by the blessing of God: it intimates that his prayers for them accompanied his present. He also sent it out of the spoil of the enemies of the Lord (so he calls them, not his enemies), that they might rejoice in the victory for the Lord's sake, and might join with him in thanksgivings for it. 4. His policy. He sent these presents among his countrymen to engage them to be ready to appear for him upon his accession to the throne, which he now saw at hand. A man's gift maketh room for him. He was fit to be a king who thus showed the bounty and liberality of a king. Munificence recommends a man more than magnificence. The Ziphites had none of his presents, nor the men of Keilah; and thus he showed that, though he was such a saint as not to revenge affronts, yet he was not such a fool as not to take notice of them.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:21: two hundred men: Sa1 30:10
came near: Heb 13:1; Pe1 3:8
saluted them: Heb. asked them how they did, Jdg 8:15
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

When David came back to the two hundred men whom he had left by the brook Besor (יושׁיבם, they made them sit, remain), they went to meet him and his warriors, and were heartily greeted by David.
1Kings 30:22
Then all kinds of evil and worthless men of those who had gone with David to the battle replied: "Because they have not gone with us (lit. with me, the person speaking), we will not give them any of the booty that we have seized, except to every one his wife and his children: they may lead them away, and go."
1Kings 30:23-24
David opposed this selfish and envious proposal, saying, "Do not so, my brethren, with that (את, the sign of the accusative, not the preposition; see Ewald, 329, a.: lit. with regard to that) which Jehovah hath done to us, and He hath guarded us (since He hath guarded us), and given this troop which came upon us into our hand. And who will hearken to you in this matter? But (כּי, according to the negation involved in the question) as the portion of him that went into the battle, so be the portion of him that stayed by the things; they shall share together." הורד is a copyist's error for היּרד.
1Kings 30:25
So was it from that day and forward; and he (David) made it (this regulation as to the booty) "the law and right for Israel unto this day."
1Kings 30:26-29
When David returned to Ziklag, he sent portions of the booty to the elders of Judah, to his friends, with this message: "Behold, here ye have a blessing of the booty of the enemies of Jehovah" (which we took from the enemies of Jehovah); and this he did, according to 1Kings 30:31, to all the places in which he had wandered with his men, i.e., where he had wandered about during his flight from Saul, and in which he had no doubt received assistance. Sending these gifts could not fail to make the elders of these cities well disposed towards him, and so to facilitate his recognition as king after the death of Saul, which occurred immediately afterwards. Some of these places may have been plundered by the Amalekites, since they had invaded the Negeb of Judah (1Kings 30:14). The cities referred to were Bethel, - not the Bethel so often mentioned, the present Beitin, in the tribe of Benjamin, but Betheul (1Chron 4:30) or Bethul, in the tribe of Simeon (Josh 19:4), which Knobel supposes to be Elusa or el Khalasa (see at Josh 15:30). The reading Βαιθσούρ in the lxx is a worthless conjecture. Ramah of the south, which was allotted to the tribe of Simeon, has not yet been discovered (see at Josh 19:8). Jattir has been preserved in the ruins of Attir, on the southern portion of the Mountains of Judah (see at Josh 15:48). Aror is still to be seen in ruins, viz., in the foundations of walls built in enormous stones in Wady Arara, where there are many cavities for holding water, about three hours E.S.E. of Bersaba, and twenty miles to the south of Hebron (vid., Rob. Pal. ii. p. 620, and v. de Velde, Mem. p. 288). Siphmoth (or Shiphmoth, according to several MSS) is altogether unknown. It may probably be referred to again in 1Chron 27:27, where Zabdi is called the Shiphmite; but it is certainly not to be identified with Sepham, on the north-east of the sea of Galilee (Num 34:10-11), as Thenius supposes. Eshtemoa has been preserved in the village of Semua, with ancient ruins, on the south-western portion of the mountains of Judah (see at Josh 15:50). Racal is never mentioned again, and is entirely unknown. The lxx have five different names instead of this, the last being Carmel, into which Thenius proposes to alter Racal. But this can hardly be done with propriety, as the lxx also introduced the Philistian Gath, which certainly does not belong here; whilst in 1Kings 30:30 they have totally different names, some of which are decidedly wrong. The cities of the Jerahmeelites and Kenites were situated in the Negeb of Judah (1Kings 27:10), but their names cannot be traced.
1Kings 30:30-31
Hormah in the Negeb (Josh 15:30) is Zephath, the present Zepta, on the western slope of the Rakhma plateau (see at Josh 12:14). Cor-ashan, probably the same place as Ashan in the shephelah, upon the border of the Negeb, has not yet been discovered (see at Josh 15:42). Athach is only mentioned here, and quite unknown. According to Thenius, it is probably a mistaken spelling for Ether in the tribe of Simeon (Josh 19:7; Josh 15:43). Hebron, the present el Khulil, Abraham's city (see at Josh 10:3; Gen 23:17).
John Gill
And David came to the two hundred men,.... Left at the brook Besor:
who were so faint that they could not follow David; or, as the Targum, were restrained from going over after him; either through faintness of spirits, and weakness of body, or through the order of David that they should not follow him; and which seems to receive some countenance from what follows:
whom they had made also to abide at the brook Besor; to guard the passage there, and to tarry by and keep the stuff:
and they went forth to meet David, and to meet the people that were with him; to congratulate them upon the victory they had obtained, and to see and receive their wives and children, and what portion of the spoil might be divided to them:
and when David came near to the people, he saluted them; asked them of their welfare, whether they were in better health, and recovered of their faintness and weakness, as it should seem they were, by their coming forth to meet him.
John Wesley
Saluted them - He spoke kindly to them, and did not blame them because they went no further with them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
David came to the two hundred men, which were so faint that they could not follow--This unexpected accession of spoil was nearly proving an occasion of quarrel through the selfish cupidity of some of his followers, and serious consequences might have ensued had they not been prevented by the prudence of the leader, who enacted it as a standing ordinance--the equitable rule--that all the soldiers should share alike (see Num 31:11; see on Num 31:25).
30:2230:22: Եւ պատասխանի ետուն նմա ամենայն արք ժանտք եւ անզգա՛մք յարանց պատերազմողաց որք երթեալ էին ընդ Դաւթի, եւ ասեն. Եթէ զի ո՛չ եղեն հետամուտ ընդ մեզ, ո՛չ տացուք դոցա յաւարէ աստի զոր թափեցաք. բայց եթէ զիւրաքանչիւր զկին եւ զորդիս առցեն եւ գնասցեն ՚ի բա՛ց։
22 Դաւթի հետ պատերազմի գնացած դաժան ու անզգամ մարդիկ ասացին. «Քանի որ սրանք մեզ հետ չեկան, ուստի մենք էլ մեր փրկած աւարից նրանց բաժին չենք հանի: Միայն ամէն մէկը թող առնի իր կնոջն ու որդիներին եւ գնայ, հեռանայ»:
22 Դաւիթին հետ գացող մարդոցմէն բոլոր չար ու անզգամ մարդիկը ըսին. «Քանի որ ասոնք մեզի հետ չեկան՝ մենք ալ անոնց մեր ազատած աւարէն չենք տար։ Ամէն մարդ միայն իր կինն ու տղաքները թող առնէ ու երթայ»։
Եւ պատասխանի ետուն նմա ամենայն արք ժանտք եւ անզգամք յարանց պատերազմողաց որ երթեալ էին ընդ Դաւթի, եւ ասեն եթէ` Զի ոչ եղեն հետամուտ ընդ մեզ, ոչ տացուք դոցա յաւարէ աստի զոր թափեցաք. բայց եթէ զիւրաքանչիւր զկին եւ զորդիս առցեն եւ գնասցեն ի բաց:

30:22: Եւ պատասխանի ետուն նմա ամենայն արք ժանտք եւ անզգա՛մք յարանց պատերազմողաց որք երթեալ էին ընդ Դաւթի, եւ ասեն. Եթէ զի ո՛չ եղեն հետամուտ ընդ մեզ, ո՛չ տացուք դոցա յաւարէ աստի զոր թափեցաք. բայց եթէ զիւրաքանչիւր զկին եւ զորդիս առցեն եւ գնասցեն ՚ի բա՛ց։
22 Դաւթի հետ պատերազմի գնացած դաժան ու անզգամ մարդիկ ասացին. «Քանի որ սրանք մեզ հետ չեկան, ուստի մենք էլ մեր փրկած աւարից նրանց բաժին չենք հանի: Միայն ամէն մէկը թող առնի իր կնոջն ու որդիներին եւ գնայ, հեռանայ»:
22 Դաւիթին հետ գացող մարդոցմէն բոլոր չար ու անզգամ մարդիկը ըսին. «Քանի որ ասոնք մեզի հետ չեկան՝ մենք ալ անոնց մեր ազատած աւարէն չենք տար։ Ամէն մարդ միայն իր կինն ու տղաքները թող առնէ ու երթայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2230:22 Тогда злые и негодные из людей, ходивших с Давидом, стали говорить: за то, что они не ходили с нами, не дадим им из добычи, которую мы отняли; пусть каждый возьмет только свою жену и детей и идет.
30:22 καὶ και and; even ἀπεκρίθη αποκρινομαι respond πᾶς πας all; every ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband λοιμὸς λοιμος pestilence; pest καὶ και and; even πονηρὸς πονηρος harmful; malignant τῶν ο the ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband τῶν ο the πολεμιστῶν πολεμιστης the πορευθέντων πορευομαι travel; go μετὰ μετα with; amid Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak ὅτι οτι since; that οὐ ου not κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ἡμῶν ημων our οὐ ου not δώσομεν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the σκύλων σκυλον spoil ὧν ος who; what ἐξειλάμεθα εξαιρεω extract; take out ὅτι οτι since; that ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than ἕκαστος εκαστος each τὴν ο the γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπαγέσθωσαν απαγω lead off; lead away καὶ και and; even ἀποστρεφέτωσαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
30:22 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֜עַן yyˈaʕan ענה answer כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אִֽישׁ־ ʔˈîš- אִישׁ man רָ֣ע rˈāʕ רַע evil וּ û וְ and בְלִיַּ֗עַל vᵊliyyˈaʕal בְּלִיַּעַל wickedness מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁים֮ ʔᵃnāšîm אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הָלְכ֣וּ hālᵊḵˈû הלך walk עִם־ ʕim- עִם with דָּוִד֒ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David וַ wa וְ and יֹּאמְר֗וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say יַ֚עַן ˈyaʕan יַעַן motive אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not הָלְכ֣וּ hālᵊḵˈû הלך walk עִמִּ֔י ʕimmˈî עִם with לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not נִתֵּ֣ן nittˈēn נתן give לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to מֵ mē מִן from הַ ha הַ the שָּׁלָ֖ל ššālˌāl שָׁלָל plunder אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִצַּ֑לְנוּ hiṣṣˈalnû נצל deliver כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אִם־ ʔim- אִם if אִ֤ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אִשְׁתֹּו֙ ʔištˌô אִשָּׁה woman וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בָּנָ֔יו bānˈāʸw בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and יִנְהֲג֖וּ yinhᵃḡˌû נהג drive וְ wᵊ וְ and יֵלֵֽכוּ׃ ס yēlˈēḵû . s הלך walk
30:22. respondensque omnis vir pessimus et iniquus de viris qui ierant cum David dixit quia non venerunt nobiscum non dabimus eis quicquam de praeda quam eruimus sed sufficiat unicuique uxor sua et filii quos cum acceperint recedantThen all the wicked and unjust men, that had gone with David, answering, said: Because they came not with us, we will not give them any thing of the prey which we have recovered: but let every man take his wife, and his children, and be contented with them, and go his way.
22. Then answered all the wicked men and men of Belial, of those that went with David, and said, Because they went not with us, we will not give them aught of the spoil that we have recovered, save to every man his wife and his children, that they may lead them away and depart.
Then answered all the wicked men and [men] of Belial, of those that went with David, and said, Because they went not with us, we will not give them [ought] of the spoil that we have recovered, save to every man his wife and his children, that they may lead [them] away, and depart:

30:22 Тогда злые и негодные из людей, ходивших с Давидом, стали говорить: за то, что они не ходили с нами, не дадим им из добычи, которую мы отняли; пусть каждый возьмет только свою жену и детей и идет.
30:22
καὶ και and; even
ἀπεκρίθη αποκρινομαι respond
πᾶς πας all; every
ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband
λοιμὸς λοιμος pestilence; pest
καὶ και and; even
πονηρὸς πονηρος harmful; malignant
τῶν ο the
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
τῶν ο the
πολεμιστῶν πολεμιστης the
πορευθέντων πορευομαι travel; go
μετὰ μετα with; amid
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐ ου not
κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ἡμῶν ημων our
οὐ ου not
δώσομεν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
σκύλων σκυλον spoil
ὧν ος who; what
ἐξειλάμεθα εξαιρεω extract; take out
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
τὴν ο the
γυναῖκα γυνη woman; wife
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπαγέσθωσαν απαγω lead off; lead away
καὶ και and; even
ἀποστρεφέτωσαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
30:22
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֜עַן yyˈaʕan ענה answer
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אִֽישׁ־ ʔˈîš- אִישׁ man
רָ֣ע rˈāʕ רַע evil
וּ û וְ and
בְלִיַּ֗עַל vᵊliyyˈaʕal בְּלִיַּעַל wickedness
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁים֮ ʔᵃnāšîm אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הָלְכ֣וּ hālᵊḵˈû הלך walk
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
דָּוִד֒ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֗וּ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say
יַ֚עַן ˈyaʕan יַעַן motive
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
הָלְכ֣וּ hālᵊḵˈû הלך walk
עִמִּ֔י ʕimmˈî עִם with
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
נִתֵּ֣ן nittˈēn נתן give
לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to
מֵ מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁלָ֖ל ššālˌāl שָׁלָל plunder
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִצַּ֑לְנוּ hiṣṣˈalnû נצל deliver
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
אִ֤ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אִשְׁתֹּו֙ ʔištˌô אִשָּׁה woman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בָּנָ֔יו bānˈāʸw בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִנְהֲג֖וּ yinhᵃḡˌû נהג drive
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֵלֵֽכוּ׃ ס yēlˈēḵû . s הלך walk
30:22. respondensque omnis vir pessimus et iniquus de viris qui ierant cum David dixit quia non venerunt nobiscum non dabimus eis quicquam de praeda quam eruimus sed sufficiat unicuique uxor sua et filii quos cum acceperint recedant
Then all the wicked and unjust men, that had gone with David, answering, said: Because they came not with us, we will not give them any thing of the prey which we have recovered: but let every man take his wife, and his children, and be contented with them, and go his way.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:22: Men of Belial - This is a common expression to denote the sour, the rugged, the severe, the idle, and the profane.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:23
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:22: wicked: Sa1 22:2, Sa1 25:17, Sa1 25:25; Deu 13:13; Jdg 19:22; Kg1 21:10, Kg1 21:13
those: Heb. the men
Because: Mat 7:12
Geneva 1599
Then answered all the wicked men and [men] of Belial, of those that went with David, and said, Because they went not with us, we will not give them [ought] of the spoil that we have recovered, save to every man his (l) wife and his children, that they may lead [them] away, and depart.
(l) Under these are understood the cattle and goods, which belonged to every man.
John Gill
Then answered all the wicked men, and men of Belial, of those that went with David,.... Who were ill natured men, and of covetous dispositions, as what is called their answer shows; and it seems by that as if the two hundred men had moved that they might have their share in the spoil, or that David had given some intimation that they should:
and said, because they went not with us, we will not give, them ought of the spoil that we have recovered: which was very unreasonable not to let them have what was before their own which was recovered; and indeed it was but right they should have their share in the spoil that was taken which was of others, as will appear hereafter: but they were of opinion and were come to a resolution, they should have no more:
save to every man his wife and his children; which was very unkind and ungenerous:
that they may lead them away, and depart; but whither? Ziklag was burnt, the land of Israel they would not return unto, where they must fall a sacrifice to Saul; these men cared not where they went, so that they were rid of them, that they might not have any share with them in the spoil.
30:2330:23: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Մի՛ արասցի այդպէս եղբարք իմ, յետ մատնելոյ զնոսա մեզ Տեառն, եւ պահելոյ զմեզ. եւ մատնեաց Տէր ՚ի ձեռս մեր զգեդդո՛ւրն եկեալ ՚ի վերայ մեր.
23 Դաւիթն ասաց. «Եթէ Տէրը թշնամուն յանձնել է մեր ձեռքը եւ մեզ պահել է, ուրեմն այդ բանը մի՛ արէք, եղբայրնե՛ր: Չէ՞ որ Տէրը մեր ձեռքն է մատնել մեզ վրայ յարձակուած ելուզակներին:
23 Բայց Դաւիթ անոնց ըսաւ. «Այդպէս մի՛ ընէք, եղբայրնե՛ր։ Տէրը մեզի տուաւ ասիկա եւ ինք մեզ պահեց ու մեր վրայ եկող գունդը մեր ձեռքը մատնեց։
Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Մի՛ արասցի այդպէս, եղբարք իմ, յետ մատնելոյ զնոսա մեզ Տեառն եւ պահելոյ զմեզ. եւ մատնեաց Տէր ի ձեռս մեր [536]զգեդդուրն եկեալ ի վերայ մեր:

30:23: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Մի՛ արասցի այդպէս եղբարք իմ, յետ մատնելոյ զնոսա մեզ Տեառն, եւ պահելոյ զմեզ. եւ մատնեաց Տէր ՚ի ձեռս մեր զգեդդո՛ւրն եկեալ ՚ի վերայ մեր.
23 Դաւիթն ասաց. «Եթէ Տէրը թշնամուն յանձնել է մեր ձեռքը եւ մեզ պահել է, ուրեմն այդ բանը մի՛ արէք, եղբայրնե՛ր: Չէ՞ որ Տէրը մեր ձեռքն է մատնել մեզ վրայ յարձակուած ելուզակներին:
23 Բայց Դաւիթ անոնց ըսաւ. «Այդպէս մի՛ ընէք, եղբայրնե՛ր։ Տէրը մեզի տուաւ ասիկա եւ ինք մեզ պահեց ու մեր վրայ եկող գունդը մեր ձեռքը մատնեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2330:23 Но Давид сказал: не делайте так, братья мои, после того, как Господь дал нам это и сохранил нас и предал в руки наши полчище, приходившее против нас.
30:23 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith οὐ ου not ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make οὕτως ουτως so; this way μετὰ μετα with; amid τὸ ο the παραδοῦναι παραδιδωμι betray; give over τὸν ο the κύριον κυριος lord; master ἡμῖν ημιν us καὶ και and; even φυλάξαι φυλασσω guard; keep ἡμᾶς ημας us καὶ και and; even παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over κύριος κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 the ἐπερχόμενον επερχομαι come on / against ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἡμᾶς ημας us εἰς εις into; for χεῖρας χειρ hand ἡμῶν ημων our
30:23 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תַעֲשׂ֥וּ ṯaʕᵃśˌû עשׂה make כֵ֖ן ḵˌēn כֵּן thus אֶחָ֑י ʔeḥˈāy אָח brother אֵ֠ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לָ֨נוּ֙ lˈānû לְ to וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁמֹ֣ר yyišmˈōr שׁמר keep אֹתָ֔נוּ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker] וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֗ן yyittˈēn נתן give אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the גְּד֛וּד ggᵊḏˈûḏ גְּדוּד band הַ ha הַ the בָּ֥א bbˌā בוא come עָלֵ֖ינוּ ʕālˌênû עַל upon בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָדֵֽנוּ׃ yāḏˈēnû יָד hand
30:23. dixit autem David non sic facietis fratres mei de his quae tradidit Dominus nobis et custodivit nos et dedit latrunculos qui eruperant adversum nos in manu nostraBut David said: You shall not do so, my brethren, with these things, which the Lord hath given us, who hath kept us, and hath delivered the robbers that invaded us into our hands:
23. Then said David, Ye shall not do so, my brethren, with that which the LORD hath given unto us, who hath preserved us, and delivered the troop that came against us into our hand.
Then said David, Ye shall not do so, my brethren, with that which the LORD hath given us, who hath preserved us, and delivered the company that came against us into our hand:

30:23 Но Давид сказал: не делайте так, братья мои, после того, как Господь дал нам это и сохранил нас и предал в руки наши полчище, приходившее против нас.
30:23
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
οὐ ου not
ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τὸ ο the
παραδοῦναι παραδιδωμι betray; give over
τὸν ο the
κύριον κυριος lord; master
ἡμῖν ημιν us
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξαι φυλασσω guard; keep
ἡμᾶς ημας us
καὶ και and; even
παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
γεδδουρ γεδδουρ.1 the
ἐπερχόμενον επερχομαι come on / against
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἡμᾶς ημας us
εἰς εις into; for
χεῖρας χειρ hand
ἡμῶν ημων our
30:23
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תַעֲשׂ֥וּ ṯaʕᵃśˌû עשׂה make
כֵ֖ן ḵˌēn כֵּן thus
אֶחָ֑י ʔeḥˈāy אָח brother
אֵ֠ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לָ֨נוּ֙ lˈānû לְ to
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁמֹ֣ר yyišmˈōr שׁמר keep
אֹתָ֔נוּ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker]
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֗ן yyittˈēn נתן give
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
גְּד֛וּד ggᵊḏˈûḏ גְּדוּד band
הַ ha הַ the
בָּ֥א bbˌā בוא come
עָלֵ֖ינוּ ʕālˌênû עַל upon
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָדֵֽנוּ׃ yāḏˈēnû יָד hand
30:23. dixit autem David non sic facietis fratres mei de his quae tradidit Dominus nobis et custodivit nos et dedit latrunculos qui eruperant adversum nos in manu nostra
But David said: You shall not do so, my brethren, with these things, which the Lord hath given us, who hath kept us, and hath delivered the robbers that invaded us into our hands:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:23: That which the Lord hath given us - He very properly attributes this victory to God; the numbers of the Amalekites being so much greater than his own. Indeed, as many fled away on camels as were in the whole host of David.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:25
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:23: my brethren: Gen 19:7; Jdg 19:23; Act 7:2, Act 22:1
which the Lord: Sa1 30:8, Sa1 2:7; Num 31:49-54; Deu 8:10, Deu 8:18; Ch1 29:12-14; Hab 1:16
who hath: Psa 44:2-7, Psa 121:7, Psa 121:8
John Gill
Then said David, ye shall not do so, my brethren,.... Though he saw through their wickedness, and disapproved of the bad sentiments they had embraced, yet he deals gently with them, calling them brethren, being of the same nation and religion, and his fellow soldiers; yet at the same time keeps up and maintains his dignity and authority as a general, and declares it should not be as they willed, and gives his reasons for it, that it was not fit they should do as they pleased:
with that which the Lord hath given us; what they had was given them, and therefore, as they had freely received, they should freely give; and what was given them, was not given to them only, but to the whole body, by the Lord:
who hath preserved us, and delivered the company that came against us into our hand; it was not by their own power and might that they got the victory over the enemy, and the spoil into their hands, but it was through the Lord only; and therefore, as they should not assume the honour of the victory to themselves, so neither should they claim the spoil as wholly belonging to them.
John Wesley
My brethren - He useth his authority to over - rule them; but manageth it with all sweetness, tho' they were such wicked and unreasonable men, calling them brethren; not only as of the same nation and religion with him, but as his fellow - soldiers. What God hath freely imparted to us, we should not unkindly and injuriously withhold from our brethren.
30:2430:24: եւ ո՞ անսասցէ բանիցդ ձերոց այդոցիկ, զի ո՛չ ինչ են ընդ հատ ՚ի ձէնջ. քանզի ըստ մասին երթալոյն ՚ի պատերազմ, նո՛յնպէս եղիցի մասն վանապանին. ըստ նմի՛ն օրինակի բաժանեսցին[3144]։ [3144] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՞ անսայցէ բանից... ո՛չ են ընդ հատ... երթելոյն ՚ի պատերազմ... մասն վանապանի։
24 Ո՞վ կը լսի ձեր խօսքերը, չէ՞ որ նրանք ձեզնից թոյլ չեն: Պահապանների բաժինը հաւասար պէտք է լինի պատերազմի գնացողների բաժնին:
24 Այս բանին մէջ ո՞վ ձեզի մտիկ կ’ընէ. քանզի կարասիներուն քով նստողներուն բաժինը պատերազմի գացողներուն բաժինին հետ հաւասար պէտք է ըլլայ, հաւասարապէս պէտք է բաժնեն»։
եւ ո՞ անսասցէ բանիցդ ձերոց այդոցիկ, զի ոչինչ են ընդհատ ի ձէնջ. քանզի ըստ մասին երթալոյն ի պատերազմ, նոյնպէս եղիցի մասն վանապանին. ըստ նմին օրինակի բաժանեսցին:

30:24: եւ ո՞ անսասցէ բանիցդ ձերոց այդոցիկ, զի ո՛չ ինչ են ընդ հատ ՚ի ձէնջ. քանզի ըստ մասին երթալոյն ՚ի պատերազմ, նո՛յնպէս եղիցի մասն վանապանին. ըստ նմի՛ն օրինակի բաժանեսցին[3144]։
[3144] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՞ անսայցէ բանից... ո՛չ են ընդ հատ... երթելոյն ՚ի պատերազմ... մասն վանապանի։
24 Ո՞վ կը լսի ձեր խօսքերը, չէ՞ որ նրանք ձեզնից թոյլ չեն: Պահապանների բաժինը հաւասար պէտք է լինի պատերազմի գնացողների բաժնին:
24 Այս բանին մէջ ո՞վ ձեզի մտիկ կ’ընէ. քանզի կարասիներուն քով նստողներուն բաժինը պատերազմի գացողներուն բաժինին հետ հաւասար պէտք է ըլլայ, հաւասարապէս պէտք է բաժնեն»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2430:24 И кто послушает вас в этом деле? [Они не хуже нас.] Какова часть ходившим на войну, такова часть должна быть и оставшимся при обозе: на всех должно разделить.
30:24 καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? ὑπακούσεται υπακουω listen to ὑμῶν υμων your τῶν ο the λόγων λογος word; log τούτων ουτος this; he ὅτι οτι since; that οὐχ ου not ἧττον ηττον worse; less ὑμῶν υμων your εἰσιν ειμι be διότι διοτι because; that κατὰ κατα down; by τὴν ο the μερίδα μερις portion τοῦ ο the καταβαίνοντος καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the μερὶς μερις portion τοῦ ο the καθημένου καθημαι sit; settle ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the σκεύη σκευος vessel; jar κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the αὐτὸ αυτος he; him μεριοῦνται μεριζω apportion; allocate
30:24 וּ û וְ and מִי֙ mˌî מִי who יִשְׁמַ֣ע yišmˈaʕ שׁמע hear לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to לַ la לְ to † הַ the דָּבָ֖ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this כִּ֞י kˈî כִּי that כְּ kᵊ כְּ as חֵ֣לֶק׀ ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share הַ ha הַ the יֹּרֵ֣ד yyōrˈēḏ ירד descend בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֗ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war וּֽ ˈû וְ and כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as חֵ֛לֶק ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share הַ ha הַ the יֹּשֵׁ֥ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the כֵּלִ֖ים kkēlˌîm כְּלִי tool יַחְדָּ֥ו yaḥdˌāw יַחְדָּו together יַחֲלֹֽקוּ׃ ס yaḥᵃlˈōqû . s חלק divide
30:24. nec audiet vos quisquam super sermone hoc aequa enim pars erit descendentis ad proelium et remanentis ad sarcinas et similiter dividentAnd no man shall hearken to you in this matter. But equal shall be the portion of him that went down to battle, and of him that abode at the baggage, and they shall divide alike.
24. And who will hearken unto you in this matter? for as his share is that goeth down to the battle, so shall his share be that tarrieth by the stuff: they shall share alike.
For who will hearken unto you in this matter? but as his part [is] that goeth down to the battle, so [shall] his part [be] that tarrieth by the stuff: they shall part alike:

30:24 И кто послушает вас в этом деле? [Они не хуже нас.] Какова часть ходившим на войну, такова часть должна быть и оставшимся при обозе: на всех должно разделить.
30:24
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ὑπακούσεται υπακουω listen to
ὑμῶν υμων your
τῶν ο the
λόγων λογος word; log
τούτων ουτος this; he
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐχ ου not
ἧττον ηττον worse; less
ὑμῶν υμων your
εἰσιν ειμι be
διότι διοτι because; that
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὴν ο the
μερίδα μερις portion
τοῦ ο the
καταβαίνοντος καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
μερὶς μερις portion
τοῦ ο the
καθημένου καθημαι sit; settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
σκεύη σκευος vessel; jar
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
αὐτὸ αυτος he; him
μεριοῦνται μεριζω apportion; allocate
30:24
וּ û וְ and
מִי֙ mˌî מִי who
יִשְׁמַ֣ע yišmˈaʕ שׁמע hear
לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
דָּבָ֖ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
כִּ֞י kˈî כִּי that
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
חֵ֣לֶק׀ ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּרֵ֣ד yyōrˈēḏ ירד descend
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֗ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as
חֵ֛לֶק ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשֵׁ֥ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
כֵּלִ֖ים kkēlˌîm כְּלִי tool
יַחְדָּ֥ו yaḥdˌāw יַחְדָּו together
יַחֲלֹֽקוּ׃ ס yaḥᵃlˈōqû . s חלק divide
30:24. nec audiet vos quisquam super sermone hoc aequa enim pars erit descendentis ad proelium et remanentis ad sarcinas et similiter divident
And no man shall hearken to you in this matter. But equal shall be the portion of him that went down to battle, and of him that abode at the baggage, and they shall divide alike.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:24: but as his part: This equitable edict was somewhat different from that which had so long obtained in Israel, and by which the spoil of the Midianites was divided. that related to the whole people: this only to the soldiers, some of whom went to battle, while others guarded the baggage. Num 31:27; Jos 22:8; Psa 68:12
tarrieth: Sa1 25:13
John Gill
For who will hearken unto you in fit is matter?,.... No wise and just man will take on your side of the question, and join with you in excluding your brethren from a share in the spoil:
but as his part is that goeth down to the battle, so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stuff; as these two hundred men did; they were placed to abide by and watch the carriages, the bag and baggage the rest had left there, that they might be the lighter, and make their pursuit more swiftly: besides, they guarded the pass here, and were also exposed to danger; for if the four hundred had been cut off, and the enemy had returned, they must all have perished; and therefore as they had their post assigned them, and were liable to danger, it was but just and reasonable they should have the share in the spoil; especially since it was not want of will in them they did not go with them, but weakness of body:
they shall part alike; this was David's determination and decision, and it was an equitable one: something similar to this was directed by the Lord in the war of Midian, Num 31:25, &c. and was practised in the times of Abraham, Gen 14:24; and is agreeable to the light of nature, and what has been practised by the Heathens, particularly the Romans, as Polybius (u) relates; who tells us, that every man brought booty into the camp, when the tribunes divided it equally to them all; not only to those which remained in battle, but to those that guarded the tents and the baggage, to the sick, and to those that were appointed to any service, see Ps 68:12; and so the Turkish historian says (w), that the Pisidians, who lived on spoil, gave a part not contemptible to those that abode at home with their wives.
(u) Hist. l. 10. p. 365. (w) Chalcocondyl. de reb. Turc. l. 5. p. 161.
John Wesley
Part alike - A prudent and equitable constitution, and therefore practiced by the Romans, as Polybius and others note. The reason of it is manifest; because they were exposed to hazards, as well as their brethren: and were a reserve to whom they might retreat in case of a defeat; and they were now in actual service, and in the station in which their general had placed them.
30:2530:25: Եւ եղեւ յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ անդր՝ իբրեւ օրէ՛նք եւ իրաւո՛ւնք ՚ի մէջ Իսրայէլի մինչեւ ցայսօր։
25 Աւարը հաւասարապէս պէտք է բաժանուի»: Եւ այդ օրուանից մինչեւ այսօր դա իբրեւ օրէնք ու իրաւունք կիրառւում է Իսրայէլի մէջ:
25 Այն օրէն ի վեր ասիկա Իսրայէլի մէջ կանոն ու օրէնք եղաւ ու կը կենայ մինչեւ այսօր։
Եւ եղեւ յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ անդր իբրեւ օրէնք եւ իրաւունք ի մէջ Իսրայելի մինչեւ ցայսօր:

30:25: Եւ եղեւ յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ անդր՝ իբրեւ օրէ՛նք եւ իրաւո՛ւնք ՚ի մէջ Իսրայէլի մինչեւ ցայսօր։
25 Աւարը հաւասարապէս պէտք է բաժանուի»: Եւ այդ օրուանից մինչեւ այսօր դա իբրեւ օրէնք ու իրաւունք կիրառւում է Իսրայէլի մէջ:
25 Այն օրէն ի վեր ասիկա Իսրայէլի մէջ կանոն ու օրէնք եղաւ ու կը կենայ մինչեւ այսօր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2530:25 Так было с этого времени и после; и поставил он это в закон и в правило для Израиля до сего дня.
30:25 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ἐκείνης εκεινος that καὶ και and; even ἐπάνω επανω upon; above καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become εἰς εις into; for πρόσταγμα προσταγμα and; even εἰς εις into; for δικαίωμα δικαιωμα justification τῷ ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the σήμερον σημερον today; present
30:25 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֕י yᵊhˈî היה be מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he וָ wā וְ and מָ֑עְלָה mˈāʕᵊlā מַעַל top וַ wa וְ and יְשִׂמֶ֜הָ yᵊśimˈehā שׂים put לְ lᵊ לְ to חֹ֤ק ḥˈōq חֹק portion וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפָּט֙ mišpˌāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice לְ lᵊ לְ to יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ פ zzˈeh . f זֶה this
30:25. et factum est hoc ex die illa et deinceps constitutum et praefinitum et quasi lex in Israhel usque ad diem hancAnd this hath been done from that day forward, and since was made a statute and an ordinance, and as a law in Israel.
25. And it was so from that day forward, that he made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel, unto this day.
And it was [so] from that day forward, that he made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel unto this day:

30:25 Так было с этого времени и после; и поставил он это в закон и в правило для Израиля до сего дня.
30:25
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ἐκείνης εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
ἐπάνω επανω upon; above
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
εἰς εις into; for
πρόσταγμα προσταγμα and; even
εἰς εις into; for
δικαίωμα δικαιωμα justification
τῷ ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
σήμερον σημερον today; present
30:25
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֕י yᵊhˈî היה be
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
וָ וְ and
מָ֑עְלָה mˈāʕᵊlā מַעַל top
וַ wa וְ and
יְשִׂמֶ֜הָ yᵊśimˈehā שׂים put
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חֹ֤ק ḥˈōq חֹק portion
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפָּט֙ mišpˌāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ פ zzˈeh . f זֶה this
30:25. et factum est hoc ex die illa et deinceps constitutum et praefinitum et quasi lex in Israhel usque ad diem hanc
And this hath been done from that day forward, and since was made a statute and an ordinance, and as a law in Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:25: He made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel - Nothing could be more just and proper than this law: he who stays at home to defend house and property, has an equal right to the booty taken by those who go out to the war. There was a practice of this kind among the Israelites long before this time; see Num 31:27; Jos 22:8; and the note on this latter verse.
Unto this day - This is another indication that this book was composed long after the facts it commemorates. See the hypothesis in the preface.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:26
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:25: forward: Heb. and forward, Sa1 16:13
Geneva 1599
(m) And it was [so] from that day forward, that he made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel unto this day.
(m) Some refer these words to David, that he alleged an old custom and law, as if it were written, it is both now, and ever has been.
John Gill
And it was so from that day forward,.... Or "upwards" (x), of old, formerly; and so may refer either to what was done at the war with Midian, Num 31:27; or in the times of Abraham, Gen 14:23; and so Jarchi observes, it is not said, "henceforward", but "upwards", it being a statute and custom in the days of Abraham; the same he notes on Gen 14:24; where he, David, learnt this from thence; though Josephus (y) is express for it, that this law obtained from the time of David; and such was his authority, though as yet not king, but a wise and just commander:
that he made it a statute and an ordinance for Israel unto this day; it appeared so reasonable and equitable, that it was always regarded and attended to.
(x) "et supra", Pagninus, Montanus; "et jam olim", Tigurine version. (y) Antiqu. l. 6. c, 14. sect. 6.
30:2630:26: Եւ եկն Դաւիթ ՚ի Սիկիլակ. եւ առաքեաց յաւարէ անտի ծերոցն Յուդայ, եւ ընկերաց իւրոց, եւ ասէ. Այդ ձեզ օրհնութի՛ւն յաւարէ թշնամեաց Տեառն,
26 Դաւիթը եկաւ Սիկեղակ եւ աւարից ուղարկեց Յուդայի երկրի ծերերին ու իր ընկերներին՝ ասելով.
26 Դաւիթ Սիկելակ եկաւ ու այն աւարէն Յուդային ծերերուն՝ իր բարեկամներուն ղրկեց՝ ըսելով. «Ահա ձեզի Տէրոջը թշնամիներուն աւարէն ընծայ* կը ղրկեմ։
Եւ եկն Դաւիթ ի Սիկեղակ, եւ առաքեաց յաւարէ անտի ծերոցն Յուդայ [537]եւ ընկերաց իւրոց, եւ ասէ. Այդ ձեզ օրհնութիւն յաւարէ թշնամեաց Տեառն:

30:26: Եւ եկն Դաւիթ ՚ի Սիկիլակ. եւ առաքեաց յաւարէ անտի ծերոցն Յուդայ, եւ ընկերաց իւրոց, եւ ասէ. Այդ ձեզ օրհնութի՛ւն յաւարէ թշնամեաց Տեառն,
26 Դաւիթը եկաւ Սիկեղակ եւ աւարից ուղարկեց Յուդայի երկրի ծերերին ու իր ընկերներին՝ ասելով.
26 Դաւիթ Սիկելակ եկաւ ու այն աւարէն Յուդային ծերերուն՝ իր բարեկամներուն ղրկեց՝ ըսելով. «Ահա ձեզի Տէրոջը թշնամիներուն աւարէն ընծայ* կը ղրկեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2630:26 И пришел Давид в Секелаг и послал из добычи к старейшинам Иудиным, друзьям своим, говоря: >,~---
30:26 καὶ και and; even ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith εἰς εις into; for Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away τοῖς ο the πρεσβυτέροις πρεσβυτερος senior; older Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha τῶν ο the σκύλων σκυλον spoil καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him λέγων λεγω tell; declare ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the σκύλων σκυλον spoil τῶν ο the ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy κυρίου κυριος lord; master
30:26 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֤א yyāvˈō בוא come דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag וַ wa וְ and יְשַׁלַּ֧ח yᵊšallˈaḥ שׁלח send מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הַ ha הַ the שָּׁלָ֛ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder לְ lᵊ לְ to זִקְנֵ֥י ziqnˌê זָקֵן old יְהוּדָ֖ה yᵊhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah לְ lᵊ לְ to רֵעֵ֣הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to בְּרָכָ֔ה bᵊrāḵˈā בְּרָכָה blessing מִ mi מִן from שְּׁלַ֖ל ššᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder אֹיְבֵ֥י ʔōyᵊvˌê איב be hostile יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
30:26. venit ergo David in Siceleg et misit dona de praeda senioribus Iuda proximis suis dicens accipite benedictionem de praeda hostium DominiThen David came to Siceleg, and sent presents of the prey to the ancients of Juda, his neighbours, saying: Receive a blessing of the prey of the enemies of the Lord.
26. And when David came to Ziklag, he sent of the spoil unto the elders of Judah, even to his friends, saying, Behold a present for you of the spoil of the enemies of the LORD;
And when David came to Ziklag, he sent of the spoil unto the elders of Judah, [even] to his friends, saying, Behold a present for you of the spoil of the enemies of the LORD:

30:26 И пришел Давид в Секелаг и послал из добычи к старейшинам Иудиным, друзьям своим, говоря: <<вот вам подарок из добычи, {взятой} у врагов Господних>>,~---
30:26
καὶ και and; even
ἦλθεν ερχομαι come; go
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
εἰς εις into; for
Σεκελακ σεκελακ and; even
ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away
τοῖς ο the
πρεσβυτέροις πρεσβυτερος senior; older
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
τῶν ο the
σκύλων σκυλον spoil
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
σκύλων σκυλον spoil
τῶν ο the
ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
30:26
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֤א yyāvˈō בוא come
דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
צִ֣קְלַ֔ג ṣˈiqlˈaḡ צִקְלַג Ziklag
וַ wa וְ and
יְשַׁלַּ֧ח yᵊšallˈaḥ שׁלח send
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁלָ֛ל ššālˈāl שָׁלָל plunder
לְ lᵊ לְ to
זִקְנֵ֥י ziqnˌê זָקֵן old
יְהוּדָ֖ה yᵊhûḏˌā יְהוּדָה Judah
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רֵעֵ֣הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
בְּרָכָ֔ה bᵊrāḵˈā בְּרָכָה blessing
מִ mi מִן from
שְּׁלַ֖ל ššᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder
אֹיְבֵ֥י ʔōyᵊvˌê איב be hostile
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
30:26. venit ergo David in Siceleg et misit dona de praeda senioribus Iuda proximis suis dicens accipite benedictionem de praeda hostium Domini
Then David came to Siceleg, and sent presents of the prey to the ancients of Juda, his neighbours, saying: Receive a blessing of the prey of the enemies of the Lord.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26-31: Долговременное пребывание Давида за рубежом еврейской страны могло быть истолковано евреями в неблагоприятную для Давида сторону. Поражение давнишних врагов Израиля - амаликитян (Исx. XVII:8-16) и присланный старейшинам подарок должны были убедить еврейский народ в том, что в отношении своих взглядов и чувств к родине Давид остается таким же, каким был и ранее.

Кроме еврейских городов, подарки Давида были посланы и во многие зарубежные местности (вблизи южной и юго-восточной окраины еврейского государства), "где ходил Давид сам и люди его", в знак признательности за прежнее гостеприимство.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:26: Unto the elders of Judah - These were the persons among whom he sojourned during his exile, and who had given him shelter and protection. Gratitude required these presents.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:27
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:26: to his friends: Ch1 12:1-15; Psa 35:27, Psa 68:18; Pro 18:16-24; Isa 32:8
present: Heb. blessing, Sa1 25:27; Gen 33:11; Kg2 5:15; Co2 9:5
John Gill
And when David came to Ziklag,.... Perhaps with an intention to rebuild it, and make it still the place of his residence; and it is possible there might be some houses that escaped flames, and if not, tents might be pitched until the city was rebuilt, and it appears that he continued there some time:
he sent of the spoil to the elders of Judah: of that part of it which belonged to himself as a general:
even to his friends; such as had been kind to him when he sojourned among them; so that this was a piece of gratitude, as well as of policy in him, to make his way to the throne the easier, he perceiving the time drawing on for the expiration of the kingdom in the family of Saul; and besides, some in those parts he sent of the spoil to might have been sufferers by the Amalekites, so that it was but a point of justice to restore to them what had been taken from them; for they had invaded the south of Judea, and took spoils from thence, 1Kings 30:14; it was to his friends in those parts he sent, not to the inhabitants of Ziph and Keilah, which were places in the tribe of Judah; but these having attempted to betray him, were not entitled to his favours, though they were not the objects of his vengeance:
saying, behold, a present for you, of the spoil of the Lord's enemies; or a "blessing" (z), which he sent them with a good will, wishing health and happiness to them; which they might without hesitation receive, seeing it was not the spoil of private enemies, or of what was taken from them in a way of private revenge, but the spoil of the enemies of the Lord, his and their common enemies; nor need they scruple eating and enjoying it, though the spoil of those that cursed the Lord, Abarbinel observes, since this they had with the blessing of the Lord.
(z) "benedictio", Pagninus, Montanus.
John Wesley
Elders of Judah - Partly in gratitude for their former favours to him: and partly, in policy, to engage their affections to him.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
when David came to Ziklag, he sent of the spoil to the elders of Judah--This was intended as an acknowledgment to the leading men in those towns and villages of Judah which had ministered to his necessities in the course of his various wanderings. It was the dictate of an amiable and grateful heart; and the effect of this well-timed liberality was to bring a large accession of numbers to his camp (1Chron 12:22). The enumeration of these places shows what a numerous and influential party of adherents to his cause he could count within his own tribe [1Kings 30:27-31].
30:2730:27: որ ՚ի Բեթելդ էք, եւ յՌամաթ հարաւոյ, եւ որք յԵթեր[3145], [3145] Ոմանք. Եւ Հռեմաթ հարաւոյ։
27 «Ահա ձեզ Տիրոջ թշնամիների աւարից բաժին եմ հանում, ո՜վ Բեթէլի ու հարաւային Ռամաթի,
27 Այսինքն Բեթէլի մէջ եղողներուն, հարաւային Ռամովթի մէջ եղողներուն, Յաթիրի մէջ եղողներուն,
[538]որ ի Բեթելդ էք`` եւ յՌամաթ հարաւոյ:

30:27: որ ՚ի Բեթելդ էք, եւ յՌամաթ հարաւոյ, եւ որք յԵթեր[3145],
[3145] Ոմանք. Եւ Հռեմաթ հարաւոյ։
27 «Ահա ձեզ Տիրոջ թշնամիների աւարից բաժին եմ հանում, ո՜վ Բեթէլի ու հարաւային Ռամաթի,
27 Այսինքն Բեթէլի մէջ եղողներուն, հարաւային Ռամովթի մէջ եղողներուն, Յաթիրի մէջ եղողներուն,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2730:27 тем, которые в Вефиле, и в Рамофе южном, и в Иаттире, [и в Гефоре,]
30:27 τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Βαιθσουρ βαιθσουρ and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Ραμα ραμα Ramah νότου νοτος south wind καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Ιεθθορ ιεθθορ Ieththor
30:27 לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֵֽית־אֵ֛ל vˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רָמֹֽות־ rāmˈôṯ- רָמֹת Ramoth נֶ֖גֶב nˌeḡev נֶגֶב south וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַתִּֽר׃ yattˈir יַתִּר Jattir
30:27. his qui erant in Bethel et qui in Ramoth ad meridiem et qui in IetherTo them that were in Bethel, and that were in Ramoth to the south, and to them that were in Jether.
27. To them which were in Beth-el, and to them which were in Ramoth of the South, and to them which were in Jattir;
To [them] which [were] in Beth- el, and to [them] which [were] in south Ramoth, and to [them] which [were] in Jattir:

30:27 тем, которые в Вефиле, и в Рамофе южном, и в Иаттире, [и в Гефоре,]
30:27
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Βαιθσουρ βαιθσουρ and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Ραμα ραμα Ramah
νότου νοτος south wind
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Ιεθθορ ιεθθορ Ieththor
30:27
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֵֽית־אֵ֛ל vˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רָמֹֽות־ rāmˈôṯ- רָמֹת Ramoth
נֶ֖גֶב nˌeḡev נֶגֶב south
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַתִּֽר׃ yattˈir יַתִּר Jattir
30:27. his qui erant in Bethel et qui in Ramoth ad meridiem et qui in Iether
To them that were in Bethel, and that were in Ramoth to the south, and to them that were in Jether.
27. To them which were in Beth-el, and to them which were in Ramoth of the South, and to them which were in Jattir;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:27: To them which were in Beth-el - This was in the tribe of Ephraim.
South Ramoth - So called to distinguish it from Ramoth Gilead, beyond Jordan. This Ramoth belonged to the tribe of Simeon, Jos 19:8.
In Jattir - Supposed by Calmet to be the same as Ether, Jos 15:42, but more probably Jattir, Jos 15:48. It was situated in the mountains, and belonged to Judah.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:28
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:27: Bethel - i. e. Bethuel Ch1 4:30, quite in the south near Beer-sheba, Hormah, and Ziklag; or Bethul Jos 19:4, one of the cities of the Simeonites.
South Ramoth - Rather, "Ramoth of the South country" Sa1 27:10; Sa1 30:1, Sa1 30:14, so-called to distinguish it from Ramoth-Gilead, one of the Simeonite cities Jos 19:8. Shimei, the Ramathite Ch1 27:27, who was over David's vineyards, was evidently a native of this Ramath. See below Sa1 30:28.
Jattir - "In the mountains" of Judah, and one of the priests' cities, is identified with 'Attir, ten miles south of Hebron.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:27: Bethel: Probably not the celebrated city of this name, but Bethul a city of Simeon (Jos 19:4), supposed to be the same as Bethelia, mentioned by Sozomen as belonging to Gaza, well peopled, and having several temples remarkable for their structure and antiquity; and which Jerome says, in his life of Hilarion, was five short days' journey from Pelusium. Gen 28:19; Jos 16:2; Jdg 1:22, Jdg 1:23; Kg1 12:29
south Ramoth: A city of Simeon; so called to distinguish it from Ramoth Gilead beyond Jordan. Jos 19:8, Ramath
Jattir: Jos 15:48, Jos 21:14
John Gill
To them which were in Bethel,.... One part of the spoil was sent to them; not to those in Bethel, in the tribe of Benjamin, but in Kirjathjearim, called Bethel, or the house of God, because the ark was there, see 1Kings 7:1; moreover, this place was also called Baalah, which some think is referred to here, see Josh 15:9,
and to them which were in south Ramoth; a city of the tribe of Simeon, which lay within the lot of Judah; of which see Josh 19:8,
and to them which were in Jattir; a city of the tribe of Judah; see Gill on Josh 15:48.
30:2830:28: եւ յԱրոյեր, եւ որք յԵփթամովթ, եւ որք յԵսթամա[3146]. [3146] Ոսկան. ՅԵփթամովթ. եւ որք յԵփթամա։
28 Եթերի ու Արոյերի, Եփթամոթի, Եսթամայի,
28 Արոէրի մէջ եղողներուն, Սեփամովթի մէջ եղողներուն, Եսթեմովի մէջ եղողներուն,
եւ որք յԵթեր եւ յԱրոյեր, եւ որք յԵփթամովթ, եւ որք յԵսթամա:

30:28: եւ յԱրոյեր, եւ որք յԵփթամովթ, եւ որք յԵսթամա[3146].
[3146] Ոսկան. ՅԵփթամովթ. եւ որք յԵփթամա։
28 Եթերի ու Արոյերի, Եփթամոթի, Եսթամայի,
28 Արոէրի մէջ եղողներուն, Սեփամովթի մէջ եղողներուն, Եսթեմովի մէջ եղողներուն,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2830:28 и в Ароере, [и в Аммаде,] и в Шифмофе, и в Естемоа, [и в Гефе,]
30:28 καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Αροηρ αροηρ and; even τοῖς ο the Αμμαδι αμμαδι and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Σαφι σαφι and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Εσθιε εσθιε and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Γεθ γεθ and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Κιναν κιναν and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Σαφεκ σαφεκ and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Θιμαθ θιμαθ Thimath
30:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in עֲרֹעֵ֛ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִֽׂפְמֹ֖ות śˈifmˌôṯ שִׂפְמֹות Siphmoth וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶשְׁתְּמֹֽעַ׃ ס ʔeštᵊmˈōₐʕ . s אֶשְׁתְּמֹעַ Eshtemoa
30:28. et qui in Aroer et qui in Sefamoth et qui in EsthamaAnd to them that were in Aroer, and that were in Sephamoth, and that were in Esthamo,
28. and to them which were in Aroer, and to them which were in Siphmoth, and to them which were in Eshtemoa;
And to [them] which [were] in Aroer, and to [them] which [were] in Siphmoth, and to [them] which [were] in Eshtemoa:

30:28 и в Ароере, [и в Аммаде,] и в Шифмофе, и в Естемоа, [и в Гефе,]
30:28
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Αροηρ αροηρ and; even
τοῖς ο the
Αμμαδι αμμαδι and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Σαφι σαφι and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Εσθιε εσθιε and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Γεθ γεθ and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Κιναν κιναν and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Σαφεκ σαφεκ and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Θιμαθ θιμαθ Thimath
30:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
עֲרֹעֵ֛ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִֽׂפְמֹ֖ות śˈifmˌôṯ שִׂפְמֹות Siphmoth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶשְׁתְּמֹֽעַ׃ ס ʔeštᵊmˈōₐʕ . s אֶשְׁתְּמֹעַ Eshtemoa
30:28. et qui in Aroer et qui in Sefamoth et qui in Esthama
And to them that were in Aroer, and that were in Sephamoth, and that were in Esthamo,
28. and to them which were in Aroer, and to them which were in Siphmoth, and to them which were in Eshtemoa;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:28: In Aroer - Situated beyond Jordan, on the banks of the river Arnon, in the tribe of God.
Siphmoth - Supposed to be the same with Shepham, Num 34:10, on the eastern border of the promised land.
Eshtemoa - Another city in the tribe of Judah. See Jos 15:50.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:29
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:28: Aroer - Not Aroer on the Arnon, but (if rightly written) some town in Judah, not elsewhere named.
Siphmoth, Rachal Sa1 30:29, and Athach Sa1 30:30, are unknown and not elsewhere mentioned; but Zabdi the Shiphmite Ch1 27:27, who was over David's wine-cellars, was evidently a native of the first-named place. It is a remarkable proof of the grateful nature of David, and of his fidelity to his early friendships, as well as a curious instance of undesigned coincidence, that we find among those employed by David in offices of trust in the height of his power so many inhabitants of those obscure places where he found friends in the days of his early difficulties. Ezri the son of Chelub, Shimei the Ramathite, and Zabdi the Shiphmite, as well as Ira and Gareb, and Ittai, and Hezrai, and many others, were probably among these friends of his youth.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:28: Aroer: Jos 13:16
Siphmoth: Supposed to be the same with Shepham (Num 34:10), on the eastern borders of Canaan.
Eshtemoa: Jos 15:50, Eshtemoh, Jos 21:14
John Gill
And to them which were in Aroer,.... Not Aroer in the tribe of Gad beyond Jordan, where David is never said to be, but some city of this name in the tribe of Judah; the Greek version of Josh 15:22, instead of Adadah, has Arouel:
and to them which were in Siphmoth; which very probably was in the tribe of Judah, though nowhere else mentioned:
and to them which were in Eshtemoa; a Levitical city given to the Levites by the children of Judah, Josh 21:14.
30:2930:29: եւ որք յԵրաքէլ, եւ որք ՚ի քաղաքս Յերեմելացւոյն, եւ որք ՚ի քաղաքս Կինեցւոյն.
29 Երաքէլի եւ յերեմելացիների ու կինեցիների քաղաքների, Ռամայի,
29 Րաքայի մէջ եղողներուն, Յերամելացիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ եղողներուն, Կենեցիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ եղողներուն,
եւ որք յԵրաքէլ, եւ որք ի քաղաքս Յերեմելացւոյն, եւ որք ի քաղաքս Կինեցւոյն:

30:29: եւ որք յԵրաքէլ, եւ որք ՚ի քաղաքս Յերեմելացւոյն, եւ որք ՚ի քաղաքս Կինեցւոյն.
29 Երաքէլի եւ յերեմելացիների ու կինեցիների քաղաքների, Ռամայի,
29 Րաքայի մէջ եղողներուն, Յերամելացիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ եղողներուն, Կենեցիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ եղողներուն,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2930:29 [в Кинане, в Сафене, в Фимафе,] и в Рахале, и в городах Иерахмеельских, и в городах Кенейских,
30:29 καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Καρμήλῳ καρμηλος and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city τοῦ ο the Ιεραμηλι ιεραμηλι and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city τοῦ ο the Κενεζι κενεζι Kenezi
30:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רָכָ֗ל rāḵˈāl רָכָל Racal וְ wᵊ וְ and לַֽ lˈa לְ to אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the יְּרַחְמְאֵלִ֔י yyᵊraḥmᵊʔēlˈî יְרַחְמְאֵלִי Jerahmeelite וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the קֵּינִֽי׃ qqênˈî קֵינִי Kenite
30:29. et qui in Rachal et qui in urbibus Ierameli et qui in urbibus CeniAnd that were in Rachal, and that were in the cities of Jerameel, and that were in the cities of Ceni,
29. and to them which were in Racal, and to them which were in the cities of the Jerahmeelites, and to them which were in the cities of the Kenites;
And to [them] which [were] in Rachal, and to [them] which [were] in the cities of the Jerahmeelites, and to [them] which [were] in the cities of the Kenites:

30:29 [в Кинане, в Сафене, в Фимафе,] и в Рахале, и в городах Иерахмеельских, и в городах Кенейских,
30:29
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Καρμήλῳ καρμηλος and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
τοῦ ο the
Ιεραμηλι ιεραμηλι and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
τοῦ ο the
Κενεζι κενεζι Kenezi
30:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רָכָ֗ל rāḵˈāl רָכָל Racal
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
יְּרַחְמְאֵלִ֔י yyᵊraḥmᵊʔēlˈî יְרַחְמְאֵלִי Jerahmeelite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
קֵּינִֽי׃ qqênˈî קֵינִי Kenite
30:29. et qui in Rachal et qui in urbibus Ierameli et qui in urbibus Ceni
And that were in Rachal, and that were in the cities of Jerameel, and that were in the cities of Ceni,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:29: Them which were in Rachal - We know not where this place was; it is mentioned nowhere else in the Bible. Calmet conjectures that Hachilah, Sa1 23:19, may be the same place; here we know David did conceal himself for some time, till the Ziphites endeavored to betray him to Saul.
The cities of the Jerahmeelites - See before, Sa1 27:10 (note).
And - the cities of the Kenites - A very small tract on the southern coast of the Dead Sea.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:30
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:29: Rachal: Supposed by Calmet to be the same as Hachilah. Sa1 23:19
Jerahmeelites: The descendants of Jerahmeel son of Hezron (Ch1 2:9, Ch1 2:25-27), who inhabited a district in the south of Judah. Sa1 27:10
Kenites: These people inhabited a small tract west of the Dead Sea. Jdg 1:16
John Gill
And to them which were in Rachal,.... Another city of the tribe of Judah, but nowhere else spoken of:
and to them which were in the cities of the Jerahmeelites: which lay to the south of Judah, 1Kings 27:10,
and to them which were in the cities of the Kenites; who dwelt in the wilderness of Judah, in the south of Arad, Judg 1:16.
30:3030:30: որք ՚ի Հռամա, եւ որք ՚ի Բովրանս, եւ որք յԱնաթաք[3147]. [3147] Ոմանք. ՚Ի Բովրանս, եւ որք յԱթաք։
30 Բորասանի ու Աթաքի, Քեբրոնի ու բոլոր այն վայրերի բնակիչներ,
30 Հօրմայի մէջ եղողներուն, Քովրասանի մէջ եղողներուն, Աթաքի մէջ եղողներուն,
որք ի Հռամա, եւ որք ի Քովրասան, եւ որք յԱթաք:

30:30: որք ՚ի Հռամա, եւ որք ՚ի Բովրանս, եւ որք յԱնաթաք[3147].
[3147] Ոմանք. ՚Ի Բովրանս, եւ որք յԱթաք։
30 Բորասանի ու Աթաքի, Քեբրոնի ու բոլոր այն վայրերի բնակիչներ,
30 Հօրմայի մէջ եղողներուն, Քովրասանի մէջ եղողներուն, Աթաքի մէջ եղողներուն,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:3030:30 и в Хорме, и в Хорашане, и в Атахе,
30:30 καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Ιεριμουθ ιεριμουθ and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Βηρσαβεε βηρσαβεε and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Νοο νοο Noo
30:30 וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חָרְמָ֛ה ḥormˈā חָרְמָה Hormah וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֹור־עָשָׁ֖ן vôr-ʕāšˌān בֹּור עָשָׁן Bor Ashan וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in עֲתָֽךְ׃ ʕᵃṯˈāḵ עֲתָךְ Athach
30:30. et qui in Arama et qui in lacu Asan et qui in AthacAnd that were in Arama, and that were in the lake Asan, and that were in Athach,
30. and to them which were in Hormah, and to them which were in Cor-ashan, and to them which were in Athach;
And to [them] which [were] in Hormah, and to [them] which [were] in Chorashan, and to [them] which [were] in Athach:

30:30 и в Хорме, и в Хорашане, и в Атахе,
30:30
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Ιεριμουθ ιεριμουθ and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Βηρσαβεε βηρσαβεε and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Νοο νοο Noo
30:30
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חָרְמָ֛ה ḥormˈā חָרְמָה Hormah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֹור־עָשָׁ֖ן vôr-ʕāšˌān בֹּור עָשָׁן Bor Ashan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
עֲתָֽךְ׃ ʕᵃṯˈāḵ עֲתָךְ Athach
30:30. et qui in Arama et qui in lacu Asan et qui in Athac
And that were in Arama, and that were in the lake Asan, and that were in Athach,
30. and to them which were in Hormah, and to them which were in Cor-ashan, and to them which were in Athach;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:30: Hormah - The general name of those cities which belonged to Arad, king of Canaan; and were devoted to destruction by the Hebrews, and thence called Hormah. See Num 21:1-3.
In Chor-ashan - Probably the same as Ashan in the tribe of Judah: see Jos 15:42 (note). It was afterwards ceded to Simeon, Jos 19:7.
To them which were in Athach - Probably the same as Ether, Jos 19:7.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 30:31
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:30: Chor-ashan - Perhaps the same as Ashan Jos 15:42, in the Shephelah of Judah, inhabited by Simeonites, and one of the priests' cities Ch1 4:32; Ch1 6:59.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:30: Hormah: Jos 19:4; Jdg 1:17
Chorashan: Probably the same as Ashan in Simeon, Jos 15:42; Jos 19:7, which Eusebius says was sixteen miles west from Jerusalem.
John Gill
And to them which were in Hormah,.... This was a city also in the tribe of Judah; of which see Josh 15:30,
and to them which were in Chorashan; or the lake of Ashan, which was in the same tribe, see Josh 15:42,
and to them which were in Athach; nowhere else mentioned; the Greek version has Nombe instead of it, which some take to be the same with Nob; but that was in the tribe of Benjamin.
30:3130:31: եւ որք ՚ի Քեբրոն. եւ որք յամենայն տեղիս՝ ընդ որ շրջեցաւ Դաւիթ ի՛նքն եւ արք իւր[3148]։[3148] Ոմանք. Դաւիթ ինքն եւ որք ընդ իւր։
31 ուր Դաւիթն ու իր մարդիկ արշաւել են»:
31 Քեբրոնի մէջ եղողներուն եւ այն բոլոր տեղերուն, ուր Դաւիթ իր մարդոցմով պտըտեր էր»։
եւ որք ի Քեբրոն, եւ որք յամենայն տեղիս ընդ որ շրջեցաւ Դաւիթ ինքն եւ արք իւր:

30:31: եւ որք ՚ի Քեբրոն. եւ որք յամենայն տեղիս՝ ընդ որ շրջեցաւ Դաւիթ ի՛նքն եւ արք իւր[3148]։
[3148] Ոմանք. Դաւիթ ինքն եւ որք ընդ իւր։
31 ուր Դաւիթն ու իր մարդիկ արշաւել են»:
31 Քեբրոնի մէջ եղողներուն եւ այն բոլոր տեղերուն, ուր Դաւիթ իր մարդոցմով պտըտեր էր»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:3130:31 и в Хевроне, и во всех местах, где ходил Давид сам и люди его.
30:31 καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in Χεβρων χεβρων and; even εἰς εις into; for πάντας πας all; every τοὺς ο the τόπους τοπος place; locality οὓς ος who; what διῆλθεν διερχομαι pass through; spread Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐκεῖ εκει there αὐτὸς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:31 וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶבְרֹ֑ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron וּֽ ˈû וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מְּקֹמֹ֛ות mmᵊqōmˈôṯ מָקֹום place אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִתְהַלֶּךְ־ hiṯhalleḵ- הלך walk שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there דָּוִ֖ד dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and אֲנָשָֽׁיו׃ פ ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw . f אִישׁ man
30:31. et qui in Hebron et reliquis qui erant in his locis in quibus commoratus fuerat David ipse et viri eiusAnd that were in Hebron, and to the rest that were in those places, in which David had abode with his men.
31. and to them which were in Hebron, and to all the places where David himself and his men were wont to haunt.
And to [them] which [were] in Hebron, and to all the places where David himself and his men were wont to haunt:

30:31 и в Хевроне, и во всех местах, где ходил Давид сам и люди его.
30:31
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
Χεβρων χεβρων and; even
εἰς εις into; for
πάντας πας all; every
τοὺς ο the
τόπους τοπος place; locality
οὓς ος who; what
διῆλθεν διερχομαι pass through; spread
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐκεῖ εκει there
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:31
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶבְרֹ֑ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מְּקֹמֹ֛ות mmᵊqōmˈôṯ מָקֹום place
אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִתְהַלֶּךְ־ hiṯhalleḵ- הלך walk
שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there
דָּוִ֖ד dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
אֲנָשָֽׁיו׃ פ ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw . f אִישׁ man
30:31. et qui in Hebron et reliquis qui erant in his locis in quibus commoratus fuerat David ipse et viri eius
And that were in Hebron, and to the rest that were in those places, in which David had abode with his men.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:31: To them which were in Hebron - This was a place strongly attached to David, and David to it, and the place where he was proclaimed king, and where he reigned more than seven years previously to the death of Ishbosheth, Saul's son, who was, for that time, his competitor in the kingdom.
David's having sent presents to all these places, not only shows his sense of gratitude, but that the booty which he took from the Amalekites must have been exceedingly great. And we learn from this also that David sojourned in many places which are not mentioned in the preceding history; for these are all said to be places where David and his men were wont to haunt.
We are not to suppose that the transactions mentioned here and in the preceding chapter took place after Saul's interview with the woman of En-dor, they were considerably antecedent to this, but how long we do not know. What is recorded in the following chapter must have taken place the next day after Saul left En-dor.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:31: Hebron - Now El-Khulil (see Gen 23:2). Hebron was a city of refuge Jos 20:7, and one of the cities of the Kohathites Jos 21:11. It lies twenty miles south of Jerusalem.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:31: Hebron: Jos 14:13, Jos 14:14; Sa2 2:1, Sa2 4:1, Sa2 15:10
Next: 1 Kings (1 Samuel) Chapter 31
Geneva 1599
And to [them] which [were] in Hebron, and (n) to all the places where David himself and his men were wont to haunt.
(n) Showing himself mindful of their benefits towards him.
John Gill
And to them which were in Hebron,.... A noted city in the tribe of Judah, in the mountainous part of it, and a city of refuge, and where David was afterwards anointed, first king over Judah, and then over Israel, 2Kings 2:4,
and to all the places where David himself and his men were wont to haunt; where they had their walks, and went to and fro when persecuted by Saul; all such places, and the inhabitants of them, David had a grateful remembrance of, who sheltered and relieved him in the times of his distress.